WO2020216314A1 - Communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020216314A1
WO2020216314A1 PCT/CN2020/086543 CN2020086543W WO2020216314A1 WO 2020216314 A1 WO2020216314 A1 WO 2020216314A1 CN 2020086543 W CN2020086543 W CN 2020086543W WO 2020216314 A1 WO2020216314 A1 WO 2020216314A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pdsch
terminal device
time
information
transmission
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/086543
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
纪刘榴
葛士斌
杭海存
王潇涵
毕晓艳
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020216314A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020216314A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H04L5/0055Physical resource allocation for ACK/NACK
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication, and more specifically, to a communication method and communication device.
  • the data processing flow generally includes: the network device sends data to the terminal device, the terminal device receives the data, and processes the data. According to the result of the processing, the terminal device responds to the network device information.
  • the response information fed back by the terminal device may be, for example, hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ)-acknowledgement (ACK) information or HARQ-negative acknowledgement (NACK) information.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • ACK acknowledgenowledgement
  • NACK HARQ-negative acknowledgement
  • the network device needs to specify the feedback time for the terminal device. For example, the network device can instruct the terminal device to feedback HARQ-ACK or HARQ-NACK feedback through downlink control information (DCI) time.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • This application provides a communication method and a communication device, so that network equipment can reasonably allocate feedback resources to terminal equipment.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method may include: a terminal device generates capability information based on transmission information of multiple physical downlink shared channels PDSCH; the terminal device sends the capability information to a network device, and the capability information is used for resource configuration of the terminal device , The resource is used for feedback of the multiple PDSCHs by the terminal device.
  • the method before the terminal device sends the capability information to the network device, the method includes: the terminal device receives the multiple PDSCH transmissions from the network device information.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the method may be executed by a network device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method may include: a network device receives capability information from a terminal device, the capability information is generated by the terminal device based on transmission information of multiple physical downlink shared channels PDSCH; based on the capability information, the network device is The terminal device configures a resource, and the resource is used for feedback of the terminal device to the multiple PDSCHs.
  • the transmission information of multiple data can be considered, that is In other words, the terminal device generates capability information based on the transmission information of the plurality of data.
  • the terminal device reports the capability information generated based on the transmission information of multiple data to the network device.
  • the network device can indicate the feedback time to the terminal device based on the capability information.
  • the network device can also be used for multi-station transmission based on the terminal device. The ability to configure feedback resources for terminal devices, which can not only reasonably configure feedback resources, but also ensure system performance.
  • multiple PDSCHs can also be replaced with multiple data.
  • the resource is used for the feedback of the terminal device to multiple PDSCHs. It can be understood that after the terminal device receives the multiple PDSCHs, it can send feedback information for the multiple PDSCHs to the network device based on the resource.
  • the method before the network device receives the capability information from the terminal device, the method includes: the network device sends transmission information of the multiple PDSCHs.
  • the transmission information of the multiple PDSCHs includes one or more of the following information: the transmission time of each PDSCH, the overlap time of the multiple PDSCHs, The start time, the interval between the start time, the end time, the interval between the end time, the timing deviation of the TRP transmission and reception points, and the configuration parameters of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH; wherein, the start time indicates: PDSCH The start position of the transmission resource in the time domain, the end time indicates: the end position of the transmission resource of the PDSCH in the time domain, and the PDCCH is the PDCCH corresponding to the multiple PDSCHs.
  • the PDCCH is a PDCCH corresponding to the multiple PDSCHs, for example, the PDCCH includes a PDCCH used to demodulate part or all of the PDSCHs in the multiple PDSCHs.
  • the starting position of the transmission resource of the PDSCH in the time domain means the starting position of the transmission resource related to some or all of the PDSCHs in the multiple PDSCHs in the time domain.
  • the starting time may indicate the starting position of each PDSCH transmission resource in the time domain.
  • the start time may indicate the start position of the transmission resources of part of the PDSCH in the multiple PDSCHs in the time domain.
  • the end position of the transmission resource of the PDSCH in the time domain means the end position of the transmission resource related to some or all of the PDSCHs in the multiple PDSCHs in the time domain.
  • the end time may indicate the end position of each PDSCH transmission resource in the time domain.
  • the end time may indicate the end position of the transmission resources of part of the PDSCH in the multiple PDSCHs in the time domain.
  • the multiple PDSCH transmission information may also include multiple PDSCH processing modes.
  • the capability information of the terminal device is associated with multiple PDSCH processing modes.
  • multiple PDSCH processing methods may include, for example, separate processing, joint processing, and cross processing. Regarding these three processing methods, they are described in the following embodiments.
  • the terminal device may generate capability information based on one or more of the foregoing information. For example, the terminal device may determine how to process the multiple data (such as PDSCH) based on the above-mentioned one or more items of information, and generate and report capability information based on the processing mode. For another example, the terminal device may also determine how to feed back the multiple pieces of data based on the aforementioned one or more pieces of information, and generate and report capability information based on the feedback mode.
  • the terminal device may determine how to process the multiple data (such as PDSCH) based on the above-mentioned one or more items of information, and generate and report capability information based on the processing mode.
  • the terminal device may also determine how to feed back the multiple pieces of data based on the aforementioned one or more pieces of information, and generate and report capability information based on the feedback mode.
  • the start time indicates: the start position of the transmission resource of each PDSCH in the time domain.
  • the end time indicates: the end position of the transmission resource of each PDSCH in the time domain.
  • the feedback manner of the terminal device for the multiple PDSCH feedback includes: separately feeding back each PDSCH, or jointly feeding back the multiple PDSCHs .
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives multiple data (such as PDSCH), there may be different feedback modes.
  • a communication device configured to execute the method provided in the foregoing first aspect.
  • the communication device may include a module for executing the method provided in the first aspect.
  • a communication device is provided, and the communication device is configured to execute the method provided in the second aspect.
  • the communication device may include a module for executing the method provided in the second aspect.
  • a communication device including a processor.
  • the processor is coupled with the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
  • the communication device is a chip configured in a terminal device.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
  • the communication device is a chip or a chip system.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • a communication device including a processor.
  • the processor is coupled with the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
  • the communication device is a chip configured in a network device.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
  • the communication device is a chip or a chip system.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the communication device realizes the first aspect and any possible implementation of the first aspect The method in the way.
  • a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the communication device When the computer program is executed by a communication device, the communication device enables the communication device to implement the second aspect and any possible implementation of the second aspect The method in the way.
  • a computer program product containing instructions which when executed by a computer causes a communication device to implement the method provided in the first aspect.
  • a computer program product containing instructions which when executed by a computer causes a communication device to implement the method provided in the second aspect.
  • a communication system including the aforementioned network equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the transmission information of multiple data may be considered, based on the multiple The transmission information of each data generates capability information.
  • the terminal device reports the capability information generated based on the transmission information of multiple data to the network device, so that the network device can configure feedback resources for the terminal device based on the capability of the terminal device under multi-station transmission, thus not only can rationally configure the feedback resource, but also Can guarantee system performance.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system suitable for an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the processing time of downlink data
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic interaction diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of time domain resource allocation of PDSCH applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS. 5 and 6 are schematic diagrams of communication methods applicable to the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile Communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GSM Global System of Mobile Communication
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • 5G Fifth Generation
  • 5G Fifth Generation
  • NR New Radio
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 100 may include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal device 101 shown in the figure; the communication system 100 may also include at least two network devices, such as the network device #1 102 shown in the figure. ⁇ #2 103.
  • Network equipment #1 102 and network equipment #2 103 can be network equipment in the same cell, for example, network equipment #1 102 and network equipment #2 103 can be a transmission and reception point (TRP) in the same cell ), it can also be network equipment in different cells, which is not limited in this application.
  • TRP transmission and reception point
  • the figure is only an example, showing an example in which network device #1 102 and network device #2 103 are located in the same cell. It should also be understood that the various embodiments of the present application can also be applied in a scenario where a multi-antenna panel of a network device is equivalent to multiple TRPs.
  • the network device #1 102 and the network device #2 103 can communicate with each other through a backhaul link, which can be a wired backhaul link (for example, optical fiber, copper cable), or It is a wireless backhaul link (such as microwave).
  • a backhaul link can be a wired backhaul link (for example, optical fiber, copper cable), or It is a wireless backhaul link (such as microwave).
  • Network device #1 102 and network device #2 103 can cooperate with each other to provide services for terminal device 101. Therefore, the terminal device 101 can respectively communicate with the network device #1 102 and the network device #2 103 through the wireless link.
  • one or more of the network device #1 102 and the network device #2 103 may also use carrier aggregation technology to schedule PDSCH for the terminal device 101 on one or more CCs.
  • network device #1 102 can schedule PDSCH for terminal device 101 on CC#1 and CC#2
  • network device #2 103 can schedule PDSCH for terminal device 101 on CC#1 and CC#3.
  • the CCs scheduled by network equipment #1 102 and network equipment #2 103 may be the same or different, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device that provides users with voice/data connectivity, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and the like.
  • some examples of terminal devices are: mobile phones (mobile phones), tablet computers, notebook computers, handheld computers, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented Augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminals in self-driving (self-driving), wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart grid (smart grid) Wireless terminals in transportation safety (transportation safety), wireless terminals in smart city (smart city), wireless terminals in smart home (smart home), cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocols (session initiation) protocol, SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants, PDAs), handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, In-vehicle equipment, wear
  • the network device in the embodiment of the application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal device.
  • the network device may be a Global System of Mobile Communication (GSM) system or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA)
  • GSM Global System of Mobile Communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • BTS base station
  • NodeB, NB base station
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • Evolutional Base Station Evolution
  • NodeB eNB, or eNodeB
  • it can also be a wireless controller in Cloud Radio Access Network (CRAN) scenarios, or the network device can be a relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, wearable device, and future
  • CRAN Cloud Radio Access Network
  • the network equipment in the 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc., are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network equipment may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU.
  • the network device may also include an active antenna unit (AAU for short).
  • CU implements some of the functions of network equipment
  • DU implements some of the functions of network equipment.
  • CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, implementing radio resource control (RRC), and packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer function.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and realizes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer, and physical (PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical
  • the network device may be a device that includes one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (radio access network, RAN), or the CU can be divided into network equipment in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
  • the capability of the terminal device or the capability information of the terminal device may indicate the processing time capability of the terminal device, or in other words, the downlink data processing time capability of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may support capability 1 or capability 2.
  • the capability information reported by the terminal device may indicate that the terminal device supports capability 1 or capability 2.
  • the downlink data processing time of the terminal equipment is related to the parameter N1. Different capabilities correspond to different N1s, such as N1 corresponding to capability 1 and N1 corresponding to capability 2 are different.
  • the terminal device supports capability 1 the downlink data processing time of the terminal device is determined based on N1 corresponding to capability 1
  • the terminal device supports capability 2 the downlink data processing time of the terminal device is based on N1 corresponding to capability 2. determine.
  • the specific description will be given below in conjunction with the description of the downlink data processing time.
  • the terminal device may also support capability 3.
  • This capability 3 is different from the existing capability 1 and capability 2, and capability 3 can represent the capability under multi-station transmission. Specific examples are introduced below.
  • HARQ-ACK information (HARQ-ACK information)
  • HARQ-ACK information may also be referred to as HARQ information. It can be divided into downlink HARQ information and uplink HARQ information.
  • the downlink HARQ-ACK information can indicate the feedback information for the downlink data (such as the physical downlink share channel (PDSCH)), for example, it can be an acknowledgement (ACK) or a negative acknowledgement (negative acknowledgment, NACK) .
  • Uplink HARQ-ACK information may indicate feedback information for uplink data (such as physical uplink share channel (PUSCH)), which is similar to downlink HARQ-ACK information, and may also be ACK or NACK.
  • PUSCH physical uplink share channel
  • ACK may indicate that the data was successfully received and the data was successfully decoded
  • NACK may indicate that the data was not successfully received or the data was not successfully decoded.
  • the sending device (such as a network device that performs downlink transmission or a terminal device that performs uplink transmission) may perform data retransmission based on the NACK fed back by the receiving device.
  • the HARQ-ACK information can be an information bit.
  • the information bit When the information bit is set to “0”, it can indicate NACK, and when the information bit is set to "1", it can indicate ACK; or, when the information When the bit is set to "1", it can indicate NACK, and when the information bit is set to "0", it can indicate ACK, which is not limited in this application.
  • the feedback information is HARQ information as an example to illustrate the embodiments of this application, but this should not constitute any limitation to this application. This application does not exclude the application of the method provided in this application to other scenarios of feedback information.
  • the downlink HARQ-ACK information may be transmitted through a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), and may belong to one of uplink control information (UCI).
  • the downlink data of HARQ-ACK information that needs to be fed back may include, for example: PDSCH with a corresponding physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), PDSCH transmission for downlink semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) activation
  • PDCCH used to indicate downlink SPS release information (there is no data PDSCH at this time) can also be referred to as SPS PDSCH release or SPS PDSCH without corresponding PDCCH.
  • SPS PDSCH release or SPS PDSCH without corresponding PDCCH The embodiments of this application do not limit this.
  • the following HARQ information is the feedback information for PDSCH as an example for exemplification.
  • the specific implementation manner is not limited in this application.
  • time-frequency resources may include resources in the time domain and resources in the frequency domain.
  • the time-frequency resource may include one or more time domain units (or, it may also be referred to as a time unit), and in the frequency domain, the time-frequency resource may include one or more frequency domain units.
  • a time domain unit can be a symbol, or a mini-slot, or a slot, or a subframe, where the duration of a subframe in the time domain It can be 1 millisecond (ms).
  • a slot consists of 7 or 14 symbols.
  • a mini slot can include at least one symbol (for example, 2 symbols or 4 symbols or 7 symbols or 14 symbols, or other Any number of symbols less than or equal to 14 symbols).
  • the above-mentioned time-domain unit sizes are only for the convenience of understanding the solutions of this application, and should not be understood as limiting the application. It is understandable that the above-mentioned time-domain unit sizes can be other values, which are not limited in this application.
  • a frequency domain unit can be a resource block (resource block, RB), or a resource block group (resource block group, RBG), or a predefined subband (subband), or a precoding resource block group (precoding resource block group).
  • resource block, PRG resource block group
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • data or “information” can be understood as bits generated after information blocks are coded, or “data” or “information” can also be understood as modulation symbols generated after information blocks are coded and modulated.
  • the data processing flow may include the network device sending data to the terminal device, the terminal device receiving the data, and processing the received data, and the terminal device feeding back response information to the network device according to the processing result.
  • processing data such as processing PDSCH
  • processing data may include processing such as demodulating and decoding the PDSCH.
  • the network device In order to allow the terminal device to perform reasonable feedback, the network device generally specifies the feedback time to the terminal device. For example, the network device may carry indication information in the downlink control information (DCI). The indication information indicates the time from receiving the PDSCH to the HARQ feedback of the terminal device, or the network device may notify the terminal device from the The time from receiving PDSCH to HARQ feedback. In this way, the terminal device knows which time unit to perform feedback after receiving the PDSCH.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the first symbol (or start position) of the PUCCH carrying HARQ-ACK information can be after the end of the PDSCH after the downlink data processing time has elapsed.
  • the feedback is performed in the next time unit, or it can be later than the next time unit after the downlink data processing time after the end of the PDSCH.
  • the time unit may be a symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and it may also include a cyclic prefix (CP) time.
  • CP cyclic prefix
  • K0 is used to represent the time interval between the PDCCH and the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH.
  • the time unit of K0 may be, for example, a slot, and the range of K0 may be, for example, K0 ⁇ 0 ,32 ⁇ ;
  • the terminal device After receiving the PDSCH, the terminal device starts processing the PDSCH, for example, demodulates and decodes the PDSCH.
  • the PDSCH carries data that needs to be answered or needs to be fed back.
  • the terminal device feeds back HARQ information to the network device at K1 according to the instruction of K1.
  • the HARQ information may be transmitted through the PUCCH, and the PUCCH may be determined according to the indication of K1, the resource indication of the PUCCH, the timing advance (TA), and the like.
  • the first time unit of PUCCH determined by K1 (such as the first time slot or the first symbol, etc.), no earlier than the last time unit of PDSCH (such as the last time slot or the last symbol) after T proc, the next unit of time after 1 time (the next time slot or the next symbol, etc.).
  • the downlink data processing time can be determined according to parameters such as the processing time capability of the terminal device, the time adjustment amount, and the sampling time, for example.
  • the network device may determine the downlink data processing time T proc,1 according to the following formula 1 .
  • T proc,1 (N1+d 1,1 )(2048+144)*k*2 - ⁇ *Tc Formula 1
  • N1 may be determined by the network device according to the capability information reported by the terminal device.
  • the capability information for example, may be referred to as the processing time capability of the terminal device.
  • the capability information reported by the terminal device may have a corresponding relationship with configuration parameters (numerology).
  • the terminal device can support capability 1 or capability 2.
  • the capability information reported by the terminal device indicates that the terminal device supports capability 1 or capability 2.
  • N1 corresponding to capability 1 and the value of N1 corresponding to capability 2 may be defined in the protocol.
  • N1 is a fixed value.
  • Table 1 shows the data processing time corresponding to different numerologies under capability 1 in an existing protocol, that is, the PDSCH processing time N1.
  • N1 is a fixed value.
  • Table 2 shows the data processing time corresponding to different numerologies under capability 2 in an existing protocol, that is, the PDSCH processing time N1.
  • dmrs-AdditionalPosition indicates the position of additional demodulation reference signal.
  • dmrs-AdditionalPosition pos0, indicating that dmrs-AdditionalPosition is at the first symbol, dmrs-AdditionalPosition ⁇ pos0, indicating that dmrs-AdditionalPosition is not at the first symbol.
  • dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeA indicates that the mapping type of the DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH is A
  • dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeB indicates that the mapping type of the DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH is B.
  • dmrs-AdditionalPosition pos0in DMRS-DownlinkConfig in both of dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeA, dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeB, which means: in the downlink DMRS configuration, the DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH with the mapping type of TypeA and the DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH with the mapping type of TypeB are TypeB The DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH, the position of the additional demodulation reference signal is in the first symbol.
  • DMRS-DownlinkConfig in either of dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeA, dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeB or if the higher layer parameter is not configured, it means: in the downlink DMRS configuration, for the demodulation type of TypeA For the DMRS of the PDSCH, the DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH whose mapping type is TypeB, or the DMRS that is not configured with high-level parameters, the position of the additional demodulation reference signal is not in the first symbol.
  • N 1,0 in Table 1 represents a value determined by another condition, or can also be understood as a value determined by taking into account other conditions or other parameters.
  • Frequency range 1 (frequency range 1), generally indicates the low frequency band.
  • means numerology. For example, a value of 0 means 15KHz sub-carrier spacing, a value of 1 means 30KHz sub-carrier spacing, a value of 2 means 60KHz sub-carrier spacing, and a value of 3 It shows the 120KHz sub-carrier spacing.
  • the terminal device when the capability information reported by the terminal device indicates support capability 1, it means that it can support data processing time of 8 symbols (under a specific DMRS configuration); when the terminal device When reporting its capability as capability 2, it means that it can support data processing time of 3 symbols.
  • the network device schedules data and instructs to feed back resources, ensure that the feedback time meets the 8-symbol processing time, otherwise (for example, the network device indicates The feedback resource is for the terminal device to feed back 4 symbols after the PDSCH), the terminal device cannot provide an effective and usable HARQ-ACK feedback information.
  • numerology is a new concept introduced in NR, which can be understood as a set of parameters used in communication systems, such as subcarrier spacing (SCS), symbol length, CP length, and resource block (RB) Number, slot length, frame format, etc.
  • a cell can support one or more numerology, such as numerology for uplink transmission, numerology for downlink transmission, and so on.
  • numerology may also include other granular parameters that can be supported in NR.
  • N1 corresponding to different subcarrier intervals may have different values. Specifically, you can refer to the existing agreement, which will not be repeated here.
  • numerology may include the numerology of PDCCH, for example, denoted as ⁇ PDCCH.
  • the numerology may also include the numerology of PDSCH, for example, it is denoted as ⁇ PDSCH.
  • the numerology can also include the numerology of uplink transmission, such as ⁇ UL.
  • N1 can be a different value, so when the network device determines T proc,1 , it can be determined according to the largest value. For example, N1 corresponding to ⁇ PDCCH, N1 corresponding to ⁇ PDSCH, and N1 corresponding to ⁇ UL are different. According to N1 corresponding to ⁇ PDCCH, N1 corresponding to ⁇ PDSCH, and N1 corresponding to ⁇ UL, the network device may obtain three values of T proc,1 , Then the T proc,1 finally determined by the network device can be the maximum value of the three T proc,1 values. That is to say, if the processing time caused by the different numerology of each channel is different, the network device can use the maximum time as the downlink data processing time to ensure that sufficient time is reserved for the terminal device.
  • k represents a constant, for example, it can be the ratio of the maximum sampling time of the signal of the entire system to the minimum sampling time of the signal of the entire system.
  • T C represents a time unit.
  • mapping type A mapping type A
  • the terminal device when the network device indicates the HARQ feedback time for the terminal device, the terminal device needs to report capability information.
  • the terminal device may take into consideration: channel estimation time based on demodulation reference signal (DMRS), processing time of the terminal device, and so on.
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • the processing time of the terminal device may include: the time for processing the PDSCH according to the estimated channel, the time for generating HARQ-ACK information according to the processing result, and so on.
  • the terminal device may have different processing methods for multiple received data. Then if the network device performs the terminal device according to the design of the prior art
  • the allocation of PUCCH resources may cause the terminal equipment to fail to form a valid HARQ-ACK message, or the network equipment may allocate a relatively long feedback time considering the worst case caused by multiple stations, which will increase the feedback delay and affect System performance.
  • the present application provides a communication method, so that network equipment can reasonably allocate feedback resources to terminal equipment and improve resource utilization.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic interaction diagram of a communication method 300 provided by an embodiment of the present application, shown from the perspective of device interaction. As shown in the figure, the method 300 may include the following steps.
  • the terminal device generates capability information based on the transmission information of the multiple data.
  • the transmission information of multiple data can indicate information related to the transmission of multiple data.
  • multiple network devices such as multiple TRPs, send multiple data transmission information to the terminal device.
  • One network device can also send multiple data transmission information of multiple network devices to the terminal device.
  • the data may be various types of data.
  • the data may be PDSCH. That is, in step 310, the terminal device generates capability information based on the transmission information of multiple PDSCHs. It should be understood that the "data" in the embodiments of the present application may be replaced with "PDSCH".
  • the transmission information of multiple data may include one or more of the following information: transmission time of each data, overlapping time of multiple data, start time, interval between start times, end time, The interval between the end time, the timing deviation of the TRP of the sending and receiving point, the configuration parameters of multiple data, the configuration parameters of DMRD, the configuration parameters of PDCCH, or the processing method of multiple PDSCHs, etc.
  • the transmission time of each data is used to indicate the transmission time length of each data, or in other words, the transmission time of the transmission data.
  • the overlap time of multiple data is used to indicate the length of time that multiple data time domain resources are repeated, or in other words, the time length of time domain resources used to transmit multiple data overlap.
  • the starting time indicates: the starting position of the transmission resource for transmitting data (that is, the PDSCH) in the time domain. That is, it represents the starting position in the time domain of transmission resources related to part or all of the PDSCHs in the multiple PDSCHs.
  • the start time indicates the start position of each data transmission resource in the time domain.
  • the end time indicates: the end position of the transmission resource for transmitting data (that is, the PDSCH) in the time domain. That is, it indicates the end position in the time domain of the transmission resources related to some or all of the PDSCHs in the multiple PDSCHs. For example, the end time indicates the end position of each data transmission resource in the time domain.
  • the configuration parameters of the data may include, for example, the mapping type of the data, for example, the mapping type of the PDSCH is type A or type B.
  • the configuration parameters of the DMRS may include, for example, one or more of the following: the symbol position of the pre-DMRS, the number of symbols of the pre-DMRS, the symbol position of the additional (or post) DMRS, and the symbol position of the additional (or post) DMRS Number, DMRS configuration type (for example, DMRS configuration type is type 1 or DMRS configuration type is type 2), or code division orthogonal group information where DMRS is located, etc.
  • the configuration parameters of the PDCCH may include, for example, one or more of the following: the control resource group or search space set where the PDCCH is located, the time domain resource information where the PDCCH is located, the detection period of the PDCCH detection, the detection pattern, or the detection time domain offset Shift and other information.
  • the information of the control resource group may include information about the number of symbols occupied by the control resource group.
  • the processing method of multiple PDSCHs can also be referred to as the demodulation hypothesis of PDSCH, which means how the terminal equipment will process multiple PDSCHs.
  • Specific processing methods may include, for example, separate processing, joint processing, and cross processing. These three processing methods are described in detail below.
  • the capability information of a terminal device can be associated with multiple PDSCH processing modes. It can also be understood that the capability information reported by the terminal device can correspond to the way the terminal device processes multiple data, or it can also be understood as the terminal device reporting The capability information of is reported based on how the terminal device processes multiple data. Specifically, you can refer to the association method 1 below.
  • the terminal device may have different processing methods or feedback methods for the multiple data to be received, so it is proposed that the transmission information reporting capability information based on multiple data .
  • the capability information includes at least the following two possible designs.
  • Capability information can be understood as the capability information of a terminal device under multi-station transmission, or the processing time capability of a terminal device under multi-station transmission.
  • Capability information is the capability information of terminal equipment under single-site transmission.
  • Generating capability information based on the transmission information of multiple data can also be understood as that the capability information reported by the terminal device is associated with the transmission of multiple data, or it can also be understood as the capability information reported by the terminal device is associated with multi-station transmission Or, it can also be understood that the capability information reported by the terminal device is related to the manner in which the terminal device processes multiple data, and/or the capability information reported by the terminal device is related to the feedback manner of the terminal device for multiple data.
  • the capability information mentioned in Design 1 may represent capability information indicating that the terminal device supports capability 3, which is different from the existing capability 1 and capability 2, that is, the capability 3 represents the capability under multi-station transmission.
  • Capability 3 can correspond to one or more capabilities, and the protocol can predefine the value of the PDSCH processing time corresponding to these capabilities (for example, in a form similar to Table 1 or Table 2).
  • the terminal equipment reports appropriate capability information according to the transmission information of multiple data (or information transmitted by multiple stations).
  • the network equipment reads the capability information and the value of the PDSCH processing time corresponding to the capability information, thereby knowing the PDSCH processing time under the corresponding transmission configuration.
  • different capabilities can correspond to different transmission configurations. There is no restriction on this.
  • the capability information reported by the terminal device can be associated with the transmission of multiple data through one or more of the following association methods.
  • Association method 1 The capability information reported by the terminal device is associated with the way the terminal device processes multiple data. It can also be understood that the capability information reported by the terminal device can correspond to the way the terminal device processes multiple data, or, It is understood that the capability information reported by the terminal device is reported based on the processing manner in which the terminal device processes multiple data.
  • the association mode 1 may be pre-defined, for example, pre-defined by the protocol, or pre-configured by the network device, which is not limited.
  • association method 1 may be in the form of a table. as shown in Table 3.
  • Treatment method 1 N1_value a Treatment 2 N1_value b Treatment 3 N1_value c ... ...
  • N1_value a, N1_value b, N1_value c are integers.
  • processing method 1, processing method 2, processing method 3, ... are used to indicate different processing methods; N1_value a, N1_value b, N1_value c, ..., indicate the corresponding processing methods The value of N1.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device reports the capability information, it can determine the processing mode based on the transmission information of multiple data, and report based on the processing mode.
  • the terminal device can also report the processing mode.
  • the terminal device can separately report the processing mode of the terminal device on the PDSCH.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is configured with two sets of PDCCH configuration parameters, for example, the terminal device is configured with two sets of control resource groups (CORESET) (that is, the two sets of CORESET group IDs are different), the terminal device is demodulating a PDSCH Whether to use the information in other PDCCHs (PDCCHs that do not schedule this PDSCH).
  • CORESET control resource groups
  • the terminal device can separately report the PDSCH processing mode of the terminal device, such as whether the terminal device uses the information in the configuration parameter 2 of the PDCCH when demodulating PDSCH1; or, when the terminal device demodulates PDSCH2, whether Use the information in PDCCH configuration parameter 1.
  • the scheduling information may include, but is not limited to, for example, the DMRS port identifier used by the scheduled PDSCH, the rate matching resource element (RE) of the DMRS (for example, Code Division Multiple (Code Division Multiple, CDM) that requires rate matching for PDSCH).
  • the DMRS port identifier used by the scheduled PDSCH
  • the rate matching resource element (RE) of the DMRS for example, Code Division Multiple (Code Division Multiple, CDM) that requires rate matching for PDSCH.
  • CORESET group ID 1 corresponds to PDSCH1 (or the PDCCH of CORESET group ID 1 is used to schedule PDSCH 1)
  • PDCCH of CORESET group ID 2 corresponds to PDSCH2 (or the PDCCH of CORESET group identifier 2 is used to schedule PDSCH2).
  • the terminal device can separately report the PDSCH processing mode of the terminal device, such as whether the terminal device uses the scheduling information in the PDCCH of the CORESET group ID 2 when demodulating PDSCH1; or, when the terminal device demodulates PDSCH2 , Whether to use the scheduling information in the PDCCH of the CORESET group ID 1.
  • the capability information reported by the terminal device is associated with the feedback mode of the terminal device for multiple data. It can also be understood that the capability information reported by the terminal device may correspond to the feedback mode of the terminal device for multiple data, or, It can also be understood that the capability information reported by the terminal device is reported based on the feedback mode of the terminal device for multiple data.
  • the association mode 2 may be pre-defined by the protocol, or pre-configured by the network device, which is not limited.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific form of the association method 2.
  • the association method 2 may be in the form of a table. As shown in Table 4.
  • N1_value d, N1_value e, and N1_value f are integers.
  • feedback method 1, feedback method 2, feedback method 3, ... are used to indicate different feedback methods; N1_value d, N1_value e, N1_value f, ..., indicate the corresponding feedback methods N1.
  • a terminal device When a terminal device reports capability information, it may determine a feedback mode based on the transmission information of multiple data, and report based on the feedback mode.
  • N1_value d, N1_value e, N1_value f,... in Table 4 are the same as N1_value a, N1_value b, N1_value c,..., N1 in Table 3 It can be the same or different, or the N1_value d, N1_value e, N1_value f,... in Table 4 are the same as N1_value a, N1_value b, N1_value c in Table 3. Hence, N1 can be associated or independent, which is not limited.
  • the manner in which the terminal device processes multiple data includes at least the following three.
  • Treatment method 2 joint treatment
  • Processing method 3 cross processing.
  • the processing of the data by the terminal device may include, for example, processing such as demodulating and decoding the data, which is not limited.
  • the terminal device can process the received data from multiple network devices (for example, multiple TRPs) through any of the foregoing processing methods.
  • the manner in which the terminal device processes multiple data is recorded as the processing manner.
  • the terminal device may send feedback information for multiple pieces of data to the network device in any of the following ways.
  • Feedback method 1 separate feedback.
  • the terminal device separately feeds back multiple received data, in other words, the feedback of each data is relatively independent.
  • the terminal device receiving PDSCH1 and PDSCH2 as an example.
  • the network equipment allocates resources for feeding back the PDSCH 1 and resources for feeding back the PDSCH 2 for the terminal devices.
  • the terminal device After receiving the PDSCH 1, the terminal device performs feedback based on the resources allocated by the network device for feeding back the PDSCH 1; after receiving the PDSCH 2, the terminal device performs feedback based on the resources allocated by the network device for feeding back the PDSCH 2.
  • Feedback method 2 Joint feedback.
  • the terminal device feeds back the feedback information of the multiple data.
  • the terminal device receiving PDSCH1 and PDSCH2 as an example.
  • the network equipment allocates resources for PDSCH feedback and feedback for terminal equipment
  • the terminal device After receiving the PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2, the terminal device determines the feedback information for PDSCH 1 and the feedback information for PDSCH 2, and then based on the resources allocated by the network device for feedback of PDSCH 1 and for feedback of PDSCH 2 The feedback information corresponding to PDSCH 1 and the corresponding feedback information of PDSCH 2 are fed back together.
  • the feedback information can be in one signaling or two signaling, which is not limited.
  • Feedback mode 2 may indicate a mode in which multiple feedback information can be fed back together.
  • multiple feedback information may include uplink control information, specifically, HARQ-ACK information, channel state information, etc.
  • Multiple feedback information can be fed back together, which may mean that multiple feedback information is fed back in one channel (such as PUCCH).
  • Multiple feedback messages can be independently coded or jointly coded. Joint coding means that multiple feedback messages are coded together.
  • the terminal device can also report the feedback mode.
  • the terminal device reports its support: joint feedback and/or separate feedback.
  • N bits of information are used to identify the feedback mode, where each bit corresponds to a feedback mode, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, for example, N is 2.
  • the value of each bit can be used to indicate whether it supports the feedback mode of the bit to one. When a bit takes a specific value (such as 1), it means that the corresponding feedback method is supported; when a bit takes a value of other specific values (such as 0), it means that the corresponding feedback method is not supported. If the reported information is a specific value, such as all 0s, it means that the terminal device supports a certain default feedback mode, such as feedback in different time units (such as time slots).
  • a value of the feedback information corresponds to a combination of one or more feedback methods. It is assumed that the feedback information can take: a first value, a second value, and a third value. For example, the first value is 01, the second value is 10, and the third value is 00. If the feedback information takes the first value, it means that the terminal device supports feedback mode 1; if the feedback information takes the second value, it means that the terminal device supports feedback mode 2; if the feedback information takes the third value, it means that the terminal device supports feedback mode 1 and feedback mode. 2. It should be understood that the values of the first value, the second value, and the third value and the corresponding feedback manner are only an example, which does not limit the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the terminal device reports whether it supports a certain feedback method, and the feedback method not reported indicates that it supports it by default. For example, if the terminal device reports that it does not support feedback mode 1, then the terminal device can default to support feedback mode 2.
  • the feedback mode of the terminal device for multiple data is recorded as the feedback mode.
  • the terminal device can also feed back part of the feedback information together.
  • part of the HARQ-ACK information can be fed back together, and the remaining HARQ-ACK information and this part of HARQ-ACK information are fed back separately.
  • the method may further include: the network device may instruct the terminal device to report a feedback manner for multiple data.
  • the network device may instruct the terminal device to report whether to perform joint feedback of multiple data.
  • the method may further include: the network device instructs the terminal device to report capability information.
  • the terminal device reports the capability information after receiving the instructions from the network device, thereby saving unnecessary signaling overhead.
  • the terminal device sends capability information.
  • the network device receives the capability information.
  • the capability information is used for the resource configuration of the terminal device, and the resource is used for the feedback of the terminal device to multiple PDSCHs.
  • the network device configures the feedback resource for the terminal device based on the capability information, that is, the terminal device configuration It is a feedback resource for feeding back multiple PDSCHs. For example, after the network device receives the capability information, it can determine the downlink data processing time T proc,1 for the terminal device based on the information associated with the capability information.
  • the capability information sent by the terminal device is associated with the processing mode of the terminal device to process multiple data (that is, the above-mentioned association mode 1).
  • the network device determines the value of N1 according to the processing method associated with the received capability information in combination with Table 3, and then uses the formula 1 described above to determine the downlink data processing time T proc for the terminal device ,1 , the form and content of Table 3 and Formula 1 are only examples, this application is not limited to this, the following are similar, and will not be repeated.
  • the capability information sent by the terminal device is associated with processing method 1, combined with Table 3, the network device determines that the value of N1 is N1_value a, and substituting N1_value a into the above-mentioned formula 1, the network device can determine for the terminal device Outgoing downstream data processing time T proc,1 .
  • Case 2 The capability information sent by the terminal device is associated with the feedback mode of the terminal device for multiple data (that is, the above-mentioned association mode 2).
  • the network device determines the value of N1 according to the feedback mode associated with the received capability information in combination with Table 4, and then uses the formula 1 described above to determine the downlink data processing time T proc for the terminal device ,1 , the form and content of Table 4 and Formula 1 are only examples, and this application is not limited to this, and it is similar in the following and will not be repeated.
  • the capability information sent by the terminal device is associated with the feedback method 2, combined with Table 4, the network device determines that the value of N1 is N1_value e, and substituting the N1_value e into the above-mentioned formula 1, the network device can determine for the terminal device Outgoing downstream data processing time T proc,1 .
  • Case 3 The capability information sent by the terminal device is associated with the processing method of the terminal device to process multiple data and the terminal device's feedback method for multiple data (ie, the above-mentioned association method 1 and association method 2 are used in combination).
  • the network device determines the value of N1 according to the processing method and feedback method associated with the received capability information, and combines Table 3 and Table 4, and then determines the value of N1 for the terminal device through the formula 1 described above Downstream data processing time T proc,1 .
  • the capability information sent by the terminal device is associated with processing method 2 and feedback method 1, combined with Tables 3 and 4, the network device determines two values of N1 for the terminal device, namely N1_value b and N1_value d.
  • the network device substitutes the N1_value b and N1_value d into the above-mentioned formula 1, and may obtain two different downlink data processing times T proc,1 , and the network device selects two T proc,1 with a larger value in T proc,1 is used as the downlink data processing time of the terminal device.
  • the network device substitutes the N1_ value b and N1_ value d into the above-mentioned formula 1, and may obtain two different downlink data processing times T proc,1 , and the network device selects two T proc, 1 with the smaller value of T proc, 1 is used as the downlink data processing time of the terminal device.
  • the network device selects the larger value of N1_value b and N1_value d as the N1 value, and substitutes the N1 value into the above-mentioned formula 1, and the network device may be a terminal device Determine a downstream data processing time T proc,1 .
  • the network device selects the smaller of N1_value b and N1_value d as the N1 value, and substitutes the N1 value into the above-mentioned formula 1, and the network device may be a terminal device Determine a downstream data processing time T proc,1 .
  • the network device selects any one of N1_value b and N1_value d as the N1 value, and substitutes the N1 value into the above-mentioned formula 1, and the network device can determine for the terminal device A downstream data processing time T proc,1 is given .
  • the above example uses the network device to determine the downlink data processing time for the terminal device based on Formula 1 as an example.
  • the embodiment of the application is not limited to this.
  • the network device may be based on other formulas (such as a modification of Formula 1).
  • Formula determines the downlink data processing time for the terminal equipment.
  • the network device determines the downlink data processing time for the terminal device, it may also refer to other parameters for determination, which is not limited.
  • the network device may notify the terminal device of the determined downlink data processing time.
  • the network equipment may carry indication information in the downlink control information, and the indication information indicates the time from receiving the PDSCH to the HARQ feedback of the terminal equipment. In this way, the terminal device knows which time unit to perform feedback after receiving the PDSCH.
  • the network device configures a resource for the terminal device based on the capability information, and the resource is used for the terminal device to feedback multiple pieces of data.
  • the network device determines the downlink data processing time for the terminal device based on the capability information reported by the terminal device, and determines the feedback resource for the terminal device, so that the terminal device can perform feedback based on the allocated feedback resource after receiving the data.
  • the embodiment of the present application proposes that the terminal device generates capability information based on the transmission information of multiple data and reports it to the network device so that the network device can allocate reasonable feedback resources to the terminal device based on the capability information.
  • the mapping mode of PDSCH in the time domain can include a first mapping mode and a second mapping mode.
  • the first mapping mode can be mapping type A (mapping type A) in the NR protocol
  • the second mapping mode can be the NR protocol.
  • Mapping type B mapping type A
  • mapping type A and mapping type B respectively correspond to different resource mapping restrictions.
  • the network device can indicate the PDSCH mapping manner to the terminal device through high-level signaling.
  • the network device may indicate the PDSCH mapping manner to the terminal device through radio resource control (RRC) signaling.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the end symbols of PDSCH are different, d 1,1 may also be different. It can be seen from the above formula 1 that if d 1,1 are different, the downlink data processing time T proc,1 of the terminal device may also be different.
  • the PDSCH mapping type is mapping type A.
  • the end symbols of the PDSCH are all different.
  • the terminal device may be scheduled by multiple network devices, and the scheduling between multiple network devices may be related to a certain degree, or may be independent.
  • the scheduled PDSCH may be any one or more of (1)-(6) in FIG. 4.
  • the location of the time domain resource mapping of multiple PDSCHs received by the terminal device in a time unit may be different.
  • the terminal equipment may have different processing methods.
  • two network devices for example, two TRPs
  • sending data to a terminal device are taken as an example to illustrate how the terminal device processes multiple data.
  • the two network devices are marked as network device 1 and network device 2, respectively, and the PDSCH from network device 1 is recorded as PDSCH 1, and the PDSCH from network device 2 is recorded as PDSCH 2.
  • Processing method 1 separate processing.
  • the terminal device will process PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 separately, for example, the terminal device processes PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 separately, and the information processed by the two PDSCHs is not exchanged, for example, it can be completely decoded independently.
  • the allocation of feedback resources only needs to satisfy the processing time of each PDSCH. That is to say, in this processing manner, the network device can allocate resources for feeding back the PDSCH 1 and resources for feeding back the PDSCH 2 to the terminal device respectively.
  • the feedback method of separate feedback that is, the feedback method 1
  • Figure 5 shows a situation where the terminal device receives the PDSCH (PDSCH 1 or PDSCH 2) and feeds back HARQ.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device reports the capability information, it may separately report the capability information corresponding to downlink processing (that is, processing PDSCH) and the capability information corresponding to uplink processing (feedback HARQ uplink channel processing).
  • the capability information corresponding to downlink processing that is, processing PDSCH
  • the capability information corresponding to uplink processing feedback HARQ uplink channel processing
  • the network device determines the downlink data processing time for the terminal device, it will consider the processing time of the terminal device, for example, including the processing time of the PDSCH and the processing time of the uplink channel of the HARQ feedback.
  • the processing time of PDSCH is recorded as N DL
  • the processing time of uplink channel of feedback HARQ is recorded as N UL .
  • the network device may determine the downlink data processing time T proc,1 for the terminal device to feed back the PDSCH according to the following formula 2.
  • T proc,1 (N DL +N UL +d 1,1 )(2048+144)*k*2 - ⁇ *Tc.
  • the terminal device may feed back HARQ to the network device based on the downlink data processing time T proc,1 .
  • FIG. 5 is only an exemplary illustration, and the present application is not limited thereto.
  • a network device may also use an existing method to allocate resources for feeding back PDSCH to a terminal device.
  • Treatment method 2 joint treatment.
  • joint processing (such as joint coding, etc.) is performed, such as mutual use of the information of another PDSCH, such as interference cancellation.
  • Joint processing can mean that when the terminal device is configured with two sets of PDCCH configuration parameters, for example, the terminal device is configured with two sets of control resource groups (CORESET) (that is, the two sets of CORESET group IDs are different), the terminal device is demodulating When a PDSCH uses the information in other PDCCHs (the PDCCH that does not schedule this PDSCH).
  • the configuration parameters of the two sets of PDCCH are respectively denoted as PDCCH configuration parameter 1 and PDCCH configuration parameter 2
  • PDCCH configuration parameter 1 corresponds to PDSCH1
  • PDCCH configuration parameter 2 corresponds to PDSCH2.
  • the terminal device performs joint processing it means that the terminal device can use the information in PDCCH configuration parameter 2 when demodulating PDSCH1; or, when the terminal device is demodulating PDSCH2, it can use the information in PDCCH configuration parameter 1. information.
  • the scheduling information in the PDCCH identified by the other CORESET group may be used.
  • the scheduling information may include, but is not limited to: the DMRS port identifier used by the scheduled PDSCH, the rate matching RE of the DMRS (for example, the number of CDM groups that the PDSCH needs to rate matching), the length of time domain symbols occupied by the scheduled PDSCH, The start symbol position of the scheduled PDSCH, the end symbol position of the scheduled PDSCH, ZP CSI-RS indication information, rate matching resource indication, HARQ process indication, etc.
  • the terminal device performs joint processing, it means that the terminal device can use the scheduling information in the PDCCH of the CORESET group ID 2 when demodulating PDSCH1; or, when the terminal device is demodulating PDSCH2, it can use the CORESET group ID 1 Scheduling information in PDCCH.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device adopts processing method 2, there is PDSCH interaction in the processing phase, and the allocation of feedback resources needs to consider the interaction time of each PDSCH in the processing phase. That is to say, in this processing mode, the network device will receive another PDSCH based on the terminal device receiving one PDSCH and allocate feedback resources to the terminal device.
  • the feedback method of joint feedback can be adopted.
  • the network device determines the downlink data processing time for the terminal device, it will consider the PDSCH processing time N DL , the HARQ uplink channel processing time N UL , and the waiting time ⁇ S for the terminal device to wait to receive PDSCH 2 after receiving PDSCH 1.
  • the network device can determine the downlink data processing time T proc,1 for feeding back the PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 for the terminal device according to the following formula 3.
  • T proc,1 ( ⁇ S+N DL +N UL +d 1,1 )(2048+144)*k*2- ⁇ *Tc.
  • N DL includes the time for the terminal device to process PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2
  • N UL includes the uplink channel processing time for the terminal device to feedback HARQ 1 (that is, feedback for PDSCH 1) and HARQ 2 (that is, feedback for PDSCH 2).
  • the terminal device may feed back HARQ 1 to network device 1 and HARQ 2 to network device 2 based on the downlink data processing time T proc,1 .
  • Processing method 3 cross processing.
  • the terminal device preferentially processes the information of the PDSCH that is successfully received first, and for the PDSCH that is successfully received later, the processing information (for example, decoding information, etc.) of the PDSCH that is successfully received first may be used in processing.
  • the processing information for example, decoding information, etc.
  • the network device allocates feedback resources to the terminal device based on the interaction time of the terminal device to process the PDSCH.
  • the feedback method of separate feedback (as shown in the example diagram in FIG. 5) may be used, or the feedback method of joint feedback (as shown in the example diagram in FIG. 6) may be used.
  • the following describes in detail the transmission information of the multiple data in step 310, and the terminal device generating capability information based on the transmission information of the multiple data.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device generates capability information, it can consider multiple data transmission information. Alternatively, it can also be understood that the terminal device may determine a processing method for processing multiple data based on the transmission information of the multiple data, and report capability information based on the processing method for the multiple data. Alternatively, it can also be understood that the terminal device may determine a feedback manner for multiple data based on the transmission information of the multiple data, and report the capability information based on the multiple data feedback manner.
  • the data is taken as the PDSCH, which is illustrated in conjunction with FIG. 4. Assuming that one grid in Figure 4 can represent a time domain symbol, 14 grids are a slot, and the filled grid represents the time domain unit occupied by the PDSCH.
  • Solution 1 Based on the transmission time of each data, the terminal device generates capability information.
  • the terminal device determines the processing mode for processing the data based on the transmission time of each data.
  • the transmission time of each data is used to indicate the length of transmission time of each data.
  • the time domain resource allocation of the PDSCH is the case of (1) in FIG. 4, it is explained that the transmission time length of the PDSCH is 5 symbols in length.
  • the time domain resource allocation of the PDSCH is the case of (4) in FIG. 4, it is explained that the transmission time length of the PDSCH is 9 symbols in length.
  • the terminal device may determine that the processing method of processing data is the above processing method 2 or the above processing method 3; for another example, suppose PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 If the transmission time length is very long, the terminal device can determine that the processing method for processing the data is the above processing method 1.
  • the terminal device may also select a feedback mode based on scheme 1.
  • Solution 2 Based on the overlapping time of multiple data, the terminal device generates capability information.
  • the terminal device determines the processing mode for processing the data based on the overlapping time of multiple data.
  • the overlapping time of multiple data is used to indicate the length of time that multiple data time domain resources repeat.
  • the time domain resource allocation of PDSCH 1 is the case of (1) in Fig. 4, and the time domain resource allocation of PDSCH 2 is the case of (6) in Fig. 4, it is explained that the PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2
  • the overlap time is 5 symbols in length.
  • the time domain resource allocation of PDSCH 1 is the case of (1) in Figure 4
  • the time domain resource allocation of PDSCH 2 is the case of (2) in Figure 4
  • the PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 are explained.
  • the overlap time is 4 symbols in length.
  • the terminal device may determine that the processing method of processing data is the above processing method 2 or the above processing method 3; for another example, suppose the transmission of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 If the length of time is short, the terminal device can determine that the processing method for processing the data is processing method 1 above.
  • this scheme can also be used in combination with scheme 1. For example, assuming that the overlap time of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 is very long, and the transmission time lengths of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 are both very short, the terminal device can wait for both PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 to be successfully received before performing joint processing.
  • the terminal device may also be based on the scheme 2, or the terminal device may select the feedback mode based on the scheme 1 and scheme 2.
  • the terminal device determines the processing mode of processing data based on the interval between the starting moments.
  • the interval between starting moments is used to indicate the time interval between the starting positions of each data transmission resource in the time domain.
  • the time domain resource allocation of PDSCH 1 is the case of (1) in Fig. 4
  • the time domain resource allocation of PDSCH 2 is the case of (6) in Fig. 4, it is explained that the PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2
  • the interval between the starting moments is 0 symbol length.
  • the terminal device may determine that the processing method of processing data is any one of the foregoing processing method 2 and processing method 3; for another example, Assuming that the interval between the start time of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 is very long, the terminal device can determine that the processing method for processing data is the above processing method 1.
  • this scheme can also be used in combination with scheme 1. For example, assuming that the interval between the start time of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 is very short, and the transmission time lengths of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 are both very short, the terminal device can wait for both PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 to be successfully received before joint processing. That is, the above processing method 2.
  • this scheme can also be used in combination with scheme 2. For example, assuming that the interval between the start time of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 is very short, and the overlap time of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 is very long, the terminal device can wait for both PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 to be successfully received and then perform joint processing. Treatment method 2.
  • the terminal device may also be based on solution 3, or the terminal device may select a feedback mode based on one or more of the above three solutions.
  • the terminal device Based on the interval between the end moments, the terminal device generates capability information.
  • the terminal device determines the processing mode for processing the data based on the interval between the end moments.
  • the interval between end moments is used to indicate the time interval between the end positions of each data transmission resource in the time domain.
  • the time domain resource allocation of PDSCH 1 is the case of (1) in Fig. 4, and the time domain resource allocation of PDSCH 2 is the case of (6) in Fig. 4, it is explained that the PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2
  • the interval between end moments is 6 symbols long.
  • the time domain resource allocation of PDSCH 1 is the case of (1) in Figure 4
  • the time domain resource allocation of PDSCH 2 is the case of (2) in Figure 4
  • the interval between the end moments of is 1 symbol length.
  • the terminal device can determine that the processing method of processing data is any one of the foregoing processing method 2 and processing method 3; for another example, suppose The interval between the ending moments of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 is very long, and the terminal device may determine that the processing method for processing data is the foregoing processing method 1.
  • this scheme can also be used in combination with scheme 1. For example, assuming that the interval between the end moments of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 is very short, and the transmission time lengths of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 are both very short, the terminal device can wait for both PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 to be successfully received and then perform joint processing, namely The above processing method 2.
  • this scheme can also be used in combination with scheme 2. For example, assuming that the interval between the end moments of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 is very short, and the overlap time of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 is very long, the terminal device can wait for both PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 to be successfully received and then perform joint processing, that is, the above processing Way 2.
  • the terminal device may also select the feedback mode based on solution 4, or the terminal device may select the feedback mode based on one or more of the above four solutions.
  • the terminal device determines the processing mode of processing data based on the end time and the start time.
  • the terminal device receives PDSCH 1 first, and then receives PDSCH 2.
  • the end time and the start time can be used to indicate how long the terminal device receives the PDSCH 2 after receiving the PDSCH 1.
  • the terminal device may determine that the processing method of processing data is the above processing method 2 and processing method Any one of 3; for another example, if the terminal device receives the PDSCH 1, it takes a long time (for example, 8 symbols) to receive the PDSCH 2, then the terminal device can determine that the data processing method is the above processing method 1. .
  • this solution can also be used in combination with one or more of the above four solutions.
  • the terminal device may also be based on solution 5, or the terminal device may select a feedback mode based on one or more of the above five solutions.
  • the terminal device Based on the timing deviation of the TRP at the sending and receiving point, the terminal device generates capability information.
  • the terminal device determines the processing mode of processing data based on the timing deviation of the TRP.
  • the timing deviation of the TRP at the sending and receiving point can be used to indicate the time deviation or synchronization deviation when the TRP sends downlink data.
  • the terminal device can determine that the processing method of processing data is the above processing method 2 or the above processing method 3; for another example, assuming that the TRP timing deviation is large, the terminal device can Determine the processing method for processing the data as the above processing method 1.
  • this solution can also be used in combination with one or more of the above five solutions.
  • the terminal device may also be based on solution 6, or the terminal device may select a feedback mode based on one or more of the above six solutions.
  • the terminal device may also determine the processing method of processing data according to the start time or the end time.
  • the terminal device to obtain the transmission information of the multiple data.
  • the terminal device obtains the transmission information of the multiple data from the network device.
  • the network device can notify the terminal device of the transmission information of the multiple data through a single signaling.
  • the network device may indicate the transmission information of the multiple data to the terminal device when requesting the processing time capability of the terminal device.
  • the transmission information is preset.
  • the terminal device defaults to the end symbol of the PDSCH, and another PDSCH may end within a time period of 0 to N symbols. Use this as a premise to report the PDSCH processing time.
  • N is an integer greater than zero.
  • Capability information is the capability information of terminal equipment under single-site transmission.
  • the terminal device may also report according to single station transmission.
  • Scenario 1 The network device schedules a piece of data.
  • the network device can determine the downlink data processing time T proc,1 for the terminal device according to Formula 1 .
  • Scenario 2 The network device schedules multiple data.
  • the network device may first process the value corresponding to the original capability information (for example, the value corresponding to N1 determined by Table 1 or Table 2), and then determine the downlink data processing time T proc,1 for the terminal device.
  • the original capability information for example, the value corresponding to N1 determined by Table 1 or Table 2
  • the original capability information can be understood as that after the terminal device reports the capability information, the network device according to the capability information reported by the terminal device according to the value corresponding to N1 as determined in Table 1 or Table 2.
  • the network device may add an offset value after the original N1, and the offset value may be predefined.
  • the network device may calculate the downlink data processing time T proc,1 for the terminal device according to formula 4.
  • T proc,1 (N1+ ⁇ +d 1,1 )(2048+144)*k2 - ⁇ *Tc formula 4
  • represents a value related to multiple data transmission (such as an offset value);
  • the value N1 corresponding to the capability information can be determined through Table 1 or Table 2 above.
  • the network device can determine ⁇ according to transmission information based on multiple data. For example, the network device can determine ⁇ according to one or more of the following information: the transmission time of each data, the transmission time of multiple data Overlap time, start time, interval between start times, end time, interval between end times, timing deviation of TRP at sending and receiving points, configuration parameters of multiple data, configuration parameters of DMRD, or configuration parameters of PDCCH Wait.
  • the transmission time of each data the transmission time of multiple data Overlap time, start time, interval between start times, end time, interval between end times, timing deviation of TRP at sending and receiving points
  • configuration parameters of multiple data configuration parameters of DMRD, or configuration parameters of PDCCH Wait.
  • the network device determining ⁇ according to the configuration parameters of the PDCCH as an example.
  • the terminal device determines the offset value according to the time domain information where multiple PDCCHs are located. For example, the terminal device corresponds to multiple search space sets, and the group identifiers (COPRESETPoolIndex) of the control resource groups (CORESET) corresponding to the multiple search space sets are different.
  • COPRESETPoolIndex group identifiers of the control resource groups (CORESET) corresponding to the multiple search space sets are different.
  • One possible way is to determine ⁇ according to multiple search space sets and/or the symbol length of CORESET. For example, suppose that the time domain positions of the CORESET corresponding to multiple search space sets in the same time slot are completely the same or partially overlapped, or the time domain positions of the corresponding CORESETs of multiple search space sets in the same time slot are adjacent , Then in this case, ⁇ can be determined based on multiple search space sets and/or the symbol length of CORESET.
  • searchspace set 1 corresponds to CORESET 1
  • Searchspace set 2 corresponds to CORESET 2.
  • searchspace set 1 and Searchspace set 2 respectively correspond to the start symbols of slot n as X1 and X2, and X1 and X2 are integers greater than or equal to 0.
  • the length of CORESET 1, CORESET 2 is L1, L2, L1, L2 are positive integers, such as 1, 2, 3, etc.
  • X1 to X1+L1-1 and from X2 to X2+L2-1 are the same, it means that the time domain positions of the corresponding CORESETs in the same time slot for multiple search space sets are partially overlapped. If X1+L1 is the same as X2, or X2+L2 is the same as X1, it means that the time domain positions of the corresponding CORESETs in the same time slot of multiple search space sets are adjacent.
  • can be determined according to multiple search space sets and/or the symbol length of CORESET.
  • the part of the time later than the earlier PDCCH end as ⁇ . For example, if PDCCH1 is between X1 and X1+L1-1, PDCCH2 is between X2 and X2+L2-1, and X2+L2-1>X1+L1-1, it will be between X1+L1 and X2+L2-1
  • the symbol is ⁇ .
  • may also be associated with the transmission of multiple data, for example, ⁇ is associated with a processing method, and/or ⁇ is associated with a feedback method.
  • is associated with a processing method
  • is associated with a feedback method.
  • a network device schedules 2 PDSCHs to the terminal device, and the end symbol time of the 2 PDSCHs differs by 3 symbols, then the network device can calculate the downlink data processing time T proc,1 for the terminal device according to formula 4. At that time, 3 symbols are added in addition to N1.
  • the data is described as PDSCH as an example, but this does not limit the application.
  • the data may also be other types of data.
  • a terminal device when a terminal device reports capability information, it can consider the transmission information of multiple data, generate capability information based on the transmission information of the multiple data, and report the capability information to the network device , So that the network device can configure the feedback resource based on the ability of the terminal device under multi-station transmission, so that not only the feedback resource can be reasonably configured, but also the system performance can be guaranteed.
  • each network element such as a transmitting end device or a receiving end device, includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function in order to realize the above functions.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the embodiments of the present application can divide the transmitter device or the receiver device into functional modules according to the above method examples.
  • each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation. The following is an example of dividing each function module corresponding to each function.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 700 may include a communication unit 710 and a processing unit 720.
  • the communication unit 710 can communicate with the outside, and the processing unit 720 is used for data processing.
  • the communication unit 710 may also be referred to as a communication interface or a transceiving unit.
  • the communication device 700 can implement the steps or processes performed by the terminal device corresponding to the above method embodiment, for example, it can be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit configured in the terminal device. At this time, the communication device 700 may be called a terminal device.
  • the communication unit 710 is used to perform the transceiving-related operations on the terminal device side in the above method embodiment, and the processing unit 720 is used to perform the processing related operations on the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the processing unit 720 is configured to: generate capability information based on the transmission information of multiple PDSCHs; the communication unit 710 is configured to: transmit capability information, which is used for resource configuration of the communication device 700. It is used for feedback of the multiple PDSCHs by the communication device 700.
  • the communication unit 710 is further configured to: receive multiple PDSCH transmission information from the network device.
  • the transmission information of multiple PDSCHs includes one or more of the following information: transmission time of each PDSCH, overlap time of multiple PDSCHs, start time, interval between start times, end time, end The interval between times, the timing deviation of the TRP of the sending and receiving points, and the configuration parameters of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH; among them, the start time represents: the starting position of the PDSCH transmission resource in the time domain, and the end time represents: PDSCH transmission The end position of the resource in the time domain, and the PDCCH is the PDCCH corresponding to the multiple PDSCHs.
  • the starting time indicates: the starting position of the transmission resource of each PDSCH in the time domain.
  • the end time indicates: the end position of the transmission resource of each PDSCH in the time domain.
  • the processing unit 720 is further configured to: feed back each PDSCH separately, or jointly feed back multiple PDSCHs.
  • the communication device 700 may implement the steps or processes executed by the terminal device in the method 300 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 700 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the terminal device in the method 300 in FIG. 3 .
  • the units in the communication device 700 and the other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the method 300 in FIG. 3.
  • the communication unit 710 may be used to execute step 320 in the method 300
  • the processing unit 720 may be used to execute step 310 in the method 300.
  • the communication unit 710 in the communication device 700 may be implemented by the transceiver 920 in the terminal device 900 shown in FIG. 9, and the processing unit 720 in the communication device 700 may be implemented by the terminal device shown in FIG.
  • the processor 910 in 900 is implemented.
  • the transceiver may include a transmitter and/or a receiver, which respectively implement the functions of the sending unit and the receiving unit.
  • the communication unit 710 in the communication device 700 may also be an input/output interface.
  • the communication device 700 can implement the steps or processes performed by the network device corresponding to the above method embodiment, for example, it can be a network device, or a chip or circuit configured in the network device. At this time, the communication device 700 may be referred to as a network device.
  • the communication unit 710 is configured to perform the transceiving-related operations on the network device side in the above method embodiment
  • the processing unit 720 is configured to perform the processing related operations on the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication unit 710 is used to: receive capability information from the terminal device, the capability information is generated by the terminal device based on transmission information of multiple PDSCHs; the processing unit 720 is used to: configure the terminal device based on the capability information Resources. Resources are used for feedback of multiple PDSCHs by terminal equipment.
  • the communication unit 710 is further configured to: send multiple PDSCH transmission information.
  • the transmission information of multiple PDSCHs includes one or more of the following information: transmission time of each PDSCH, overlap time of multiple PDSCHs, start time, interval between start times, end time, end The interval between times, the timing deviation of the TRP sending and receiving points, and the configuration parameters of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH; among them, the start time indicates: the starting position of the PDSCH transmission resource in the time domain, and the end time indicates: PDSCH transmission The end position of the resource in the time domain, and the PDCCH is the PDCCH corresponding to the multiple PDSCHs.
  • the starting time indicates: the starting position of the transmission resource of each PDSCH in the time domain.
  • the end time indicates: the end position of the transmission resource of each PDSCH in the time domain.
  • the feedback manner of the terminal device for feedback of multiple PDSCHs includes: separate feedback of the terminal device for each PDSCH, or joint feedback of the terminal device for multiple PDSCHs.
  • the communication device 700 may implement the steps or processes executed by the network device in the method 300 according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 700 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the network device in the method 300 in FIG. 3 .
  • the units in the communication device 700 and the other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the method 300 in FIG. 3.
  • the communication unit 710 can be used to execute step 320 in the method 300
  • the processing unit 720 can be used to execute step 330 in the method 300.
  • the communication unit in the communication device 700 can be implemented by the transceiver 1020 in the network device 1000 shown in FIG. 10, and the processing unit 720 in the communication device 700 can be implemented by the network device shown in FIG.
  • the processor 1010 in 1000 is implemented.
  • the communication unit 710 in the communication device 700 may also be an input/output interface.
  • the transceiver may include a transmitter and/or a receiver, which respectively implement the functions of the sending unit and the receiving unit.
  • FIG. 8 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device 800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 800 includes a processor 810, a memory 820, and a transceiver 830.
  • the memory 820 stores a program.
  • the processor 810 is used to execute the program stored in the memory 820, and execute the program stored in the memory 820.
  • the processor 810 is configured to execute related processing steps in the above method embodiment, and executes the program stored in the memory 820, so that the processor 810 controls the transceiver 830 to execute the transceiving related steps in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 800 is used to execute the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the execution of the program stored in the memory 820 enables the processor 810 to execute the above method embodiment.
  • the processing steps on the terminal device side in the middle execute the program stored in the memory 820, so that the processor 810 controls the transceiver 830 to execute the receiving and sending steps on the terminal device side in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 800 is used to perform the actions performed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the execution of the program stored in the memory 820 enables the processor 810 to perform the above method implementation.
  • the processing steps on the network device side execute the programs stored in the memory 820, so that the processor 810 controls the transceiver 830 to perform the receiving and sending steps on the network device side in the above method embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 900, which may be a terminal device or a chip.
  • the communication device 900 may be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 9 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the structure of the terminal device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate.
  • the terminal device uses a mobile phone as an example.
  • the terminal equipment includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signal and radio frequency signal and the processing of radio frequency signal.
  • the antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal devices may not have input and output devices.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 9 only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 9. In an actual terminal device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device.
  • the memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the antenna and radio frequency circuit with the transceiver function can be regarded as the transceiver unit of the terminal device, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 910 and a processing unit 920.
  • the transceiver unit 910 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and so on.
  • the processing unit 920 may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and so on.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 910 can be regarded as the receiving unit
  • the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 910 can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 910 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the transceiver unit may sometimes be called a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit.
  • the receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit.
  • the transmitting unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
  • the processing unit 920 is configured to perform step 310 in FIG. 3, and/or the processing unit 920 is further configured to perform other processing steps on the terminal device side in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the transceiving unit 910 is further used to perform step 320 shown in FIG. 3, and/or the transceiving unit 910 is further used to perform other transceiving steps on the terminal device side.
  • FIG. 9 is only an example and not a limitation, and the foregoing terminal device including a transceiver unit and a processing unit may not rely on the structure shown in FIG. 9.
  • the chip When the communication device 900 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit may be a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1000, which may be a network device or a chip.
  • the communication device 1000 can be used to perform actions performed by a network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 10 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the base station structure.
  • the base station includes part 1010 and part 1020.
  • the 1010 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion between radio frequency signals and baseband signals; the 1020 part is mainly used for baseband processing and control of base stations.
  • the 1010 part can generally be referred to as a transceiver unit, transceiver, transceiver circuit, or transceiver.
  • the 1020 part is usually the control center of the base station, and may generally be referred to as a processing unit, which is used to control the base station to perform the processing operations on the network device side in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the transceiver unit of part 1010 may also be called a transceiver or a transceiver, etc., which includes an antenna and a radio frequency unit, and the radio frequency unit is mainly used for radio frequency processing.
  • the device used for implementing the receiving function in part 1010 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device used for implementing the sending function as the sending unit, that is, the part 1010 includes the receiving unit and the sending unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit
  • the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
  • Part 1020 may include one or more single boards, and each single board may include one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the processor is used to read and execute programs in the memory to implement baseband processing functions and control the base station. If there are multiple boards, the boards can be interconnected to enhance processing capabilities. As an optional implementation, multiple single boards may share one or more processors, or multiple single boards may share one or more memories, or multiple single boards may share one or more processing at the same time. Device.
  • the transceiver unit of part 1010 is used to perform the receiving operation on the network device side in step 320 shown in FIG. 3, and/or the transceiver unit of part 1010 is also used to perform the receiving operation in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processing unit in part 1020 is used to perform the processing operation of step 330 in FIG. 3, and/or the processing unit in part 1020 is also used to perform the processing steps on the network device side in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is only an example and not a limitation, and the foregoing network device including a transceiver unit and a processing unit may not rely on the structure shown in FIG. 10.
  • the chip When the communication device 1000 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit is a processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • the network equipment is not limited to the above forms, and may also be in other forms: for example: including BBU and adaptive radio unit (ARU), or BBU and active antenna unit (AAU); or Customer premises equipment (CPE) may also be in other forms, which is not limited by this application.
  • ARU adaptive radio unit
  • AAU BBU and active antenna unit
  • CPE Customer premises equipment
  • the above-mentioned BBU can be used to perform the actions described in the previous method embodiments implemented by the network device, and the RRU can be used to perform the actions described in the previous method embodiments that the network device sends to or receives from the terminal device.
  • the RRU can be used to perform the actions described in the previous method embodiments that the network device sends to or receives from the terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface.
  • the processor may be used to execute the method in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the processing device may be a chip.
  • the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system on chip (SoC), or It is a central processor unit (CPU), it can also be a network processor (NP), it can also be a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), or it can be a microcontroller (microcontroller unit). , MCU), it can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chips.
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • SoC system on chip
  • CPU central processor unit
  • NP network processor
  • DSP digital signal processing circuit
  • microcontroller unit microcontroller unit
  • MCU programmable logic device
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • the steps of the above method can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability.
  • the steps of the foregoing method embodiments can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components .
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electronic Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory synchronization DRAM
  • the present application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes: computer program code.
  • the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the steps shown in FIGS. 3 to 6. The method of any one of the embodiments is shown.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable medium that stores program code, and when the program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the steps shown in FIGS. 3 to 6 The method of any one of the embodiments is shown.
  • the present application also provides a system, which includes the aforementioned one or more terminal devices and one or more network devices.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disc, SSD)) etc.
  • the network equipment in the above device embodiments corresponds to the network equipment or terminal equipment in the terminal equipment and method embodiments, and the corresponding modules or units execute the corresponding steps.
  • the communication unit transmits the receiving or sending in the method embodiments.
  • other steps can be executed by the processing unit (processor).
  • the processing unit processor
  • component used in this specification are used to denote computer-related entities, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution.
  • the component may be, but is not limited to, a process, a processor, an object, an executable file, an execution thread, a program, and/or a computer running on a processor.
  • the application running on the computing device and the computing device can be components.
  • One or more components may reside in processes and/or threads of execution, and components may be located on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
  • these components can be executed from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • the component may be based on, for example, a signal having one or more data packets (such as data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • a signal having one or more data packets (such as data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • each unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a communication method and a communication apparatus, so that a network device can indicate a feedback time to a terminal device and rationally allocate a feedback resource. The communication method can comprise: a terminal device generating capability information on the basis of transmission information of multiple physical downlink shared channels (PDSCHs); and the terminal device reporting the capability information to a network device, the capability information being used for the configuration of a resource of the terminal device, and the resource being used for the feedback of the multiple PDSCHs by the terminal device.

Description

通信方法和通信装置Communication method and communication device
本申请要求于2019年04月25日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910338369.6、申请名称为“通信方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office with the application number 201910338369.6 and the application name "Communication Method and Communication Device" on April 25, 2019, the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种通信方法和通信装置。The present application relates to the field of communication, and more specifically, to a communication method and communication device.
背景技术Background technique
在单小区传输中,以下行传输为例,数据的处理流程一般包括,网络设备向终端设备发送数据,终端设备接收数据,并对数据进行处理,根据处理的结果,终端设备向网络设备反馈应答信息。终端设备反馈的应答信息例如可以为,混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)-确认(acknowledgement,ACK)信息或HARQ-否定确认(negative acknowledgment,NACK)信息。In single-cell transmission, the following transmission is taken as an example. The data processing flow generally includes: the network device sends data to the terminal device, the terminal device receives the data, and processes the data. According to the result of the processing, the terminal device responds to the network device information. The response information fed back by the terminal device may be, for example, hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ)-acknowledgement (ACK) information or HARQ-negative acknowledgement (NACK) information.
为了让终端设备能够进行合理的反馈,网络设备需要给终端设备指定反馈时间,例如,网络设备可以通过下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)向终端设备指示反馈HARQ-ACK或HARQ-NACK的反馈时间。In order to allow the terminal device to perform reasonable feedback, the network device needs to specify the feedback time for the terminal device. For example, the network device can instruct the terminal device to feedback HARQ-ACK or HARQ-NACK feedback through downlink control information (DCI) time.
然而,在有些场景下,比如协作多点(coordination multiple point,CoMP)传输场景,网络设备如何向终端设备指示反馈HARQ-ACK或HARQ-NACK的反馈时间,还没有具体的解决方案。However, in some scenarios, such as coordinated multiple point (CoMP) transmission scenarios, how the network device instructs the terminal device to feedback the HARQ-ACK or HARQ-NACK feedback time, there is no specific solution yet.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法和通信装置,以期网络设备可以为终端设备合理地分配反馈资源。This application provides a communication method and a communication device, so that network equipment can reasonably allocate feedback resources to terminal equipment.
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法。该方法可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于终端设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。In the first aspect, a communication method is provided. The method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
该方法可以包括:终端设备基于多个物理下行共享信道PDSCH的传输信息,生成能力信息;所述终端设备向网络设备发送所述能力信息,所述能力信息用于所述终端设备的资源的配置,所述资源用于所述终端设备对所述多个PDSCH的反馈。The method may include: a terminal device generates capability information based on transmission information of multiple physical downlink shared channels PDSCH; the terminal device sends the capability information to a network device, and the capability information is used for resource configuration of the terminal device , The resource is used for feedback of the multiple PDSCHs by the terminal device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述终端设备向网络设备发送所述能力信息之前,包括:所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的所述多个PDSCH的传输信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, before the terminal device sends the capability information to the network device, the method includes: the terminal device receives the multiple PDSCH transmissions from the network device information.
第二方面,提供了一种通信方法。该方法可以由网络设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于网络设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。In the second aspect, a communication method is provided. The method may be executed by a network device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the network device, which is not limited in this application.
该方法可以包括:网络设备接收来自终端设备的能力信息,所述能力信息是所述终端设备基于多个物理下行共享信道PDSCH的传输信息生成的;基于所述能力信息,所述网 络设备为所述终端设备配置资源,所述资源用于所述终端设备对所述多个PDSCH的反馈。The method may include: a network device receives capability information from a terminal device, the capability information is generated by the terminal device based on transmission information of multiple physical downlink shared channels PDSCH; based on the capability information, the network device is The terminal device configures a resource, and the resource is used for feedback of the terminal device to the multiple PDSCHs.
基于上述技术方案,考虑到终端设备可能会接收到多个数据(如多个PDSCH)的场景,例如多站传输的场景,终端设备上报能力信息时,可以考虑多个数据的传输信息,也就是说,终端设备基于该多个数据的传输信息生成能力信息。终端设备向网络设备上报基于多个数据的传输信息生成的能力信息,然后,网络设备可以基于该能力信息向终端设备指示反馈时间,此外,也可以使得网络设备可以基于终端设备在多站传输下的能力,为终端设备配置反馈资源,进而不仅可以合理地配置反馈资源,而且可以保证系统性能。Based on the above technical solution, considering the scenario where the terminal device may receive multiple data (such as multiple PDSCH), such as the scenario of multi-station transmission, when the terminal device reports the capability information, the transmission information of multiple data can be considered, that is In other words, the terminal device generates capability information based on the transmission information of the plurality of data. The terminal device reports the capability information generated based on the transmission information of multiple data to the network device. Then, the network device can indicate the feedback time to the terminal device based on the capability information. In addition, the network device can also be used for multi-station transmission based on the terminal device. The ability to configure feedback resources for terminal devices, which can not only reasonably configure feedback resources, but also ensure system performance.
可选地,多个PDSCH,也可以替换为多个数据。Optionally, multiple PDSCHs can also be replaced with multiple data.
可选地,资源用于终端设备对多个PDSCH的反馈,可以理解为,终端设备接收到多个PDSCH后,可以基于该资源向网络设备发送对该多个PDSCH的反馈信息。Optionally, the resource is used for the feedback of the terminal device to multiple PDSCHs. It can be understood that after the terminal device receives the multiple PDSCHs, it can send feedback information for the multiple PDSCHs to the network device based on the resource.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的能力信息之前,包括:所述网络设备发送所述多个PDSCH的传输信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, before the network device receives the capability information from the terminal device, the method includes: the network device sends transmission information of the multiple PDSCHs.
结合第一方面或第二方面,在某些实现方式中,所述多个PDSCH的传输信息,包括以下一项或多项信息:每个PDSCH的传输时间、所述多个PDSCH的重叠时间、起始时刻、起始时刻之间的间隔、结束时刻、结束时刻之间的间隔、发送接收点TRP的定时偏差、物理下行控制信道PDCCH的配置参数;其中,所述起始时刻表示:PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的起始位置,所述结束时刻表示:PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的结束位置,所述PDCCH为所述多个PDSCH对应的PDCCH。With reference to the first aspect or the second aspect, in some implementation manners, the transmission information of the multiple PDSCHs includes one or more of the following information: the transmission time of each PDSCH, the overlap time of the multiple PDSCHs, The start time, the interval between the start time, the end time, the interval between the end time, the timing deviation of the TRP transmission and reception points, and the configuration parameters of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH; wherein, the start time indicates: PDSCH The start position of the transmission resource in the time domain, the end time indicates: the end position of the transmission resource of the PDSCH in the time domain, and the PDCCH is the PDCCH corresponding to the multiple PDSCHs.
示例地,所述PDCCH为所述多个PDSCH对应的PDCCH,例如,所述PDCCH包括用于解调所述多个PDSCH中部分或全部PDSCH的PDCCH。Exemplarily, the PDCCH is a PDCCH corresponding to the multiple PDSCHs, for example, the PDCCH includes a PDCCH used to demodulate part or all of the PDSCHs in the multiple PDSCHs.
示例地,PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的起始位置,即表示与该多个PDSCH中部分或全部PDSCH相关的传输资源在时域上的起始位置。例如,起始时刻可以表示每个PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的起始位置。又如,起始时刻可以表示该多个PDSCH中部分PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的起始位置。For example, the starting position of the transmission resource of the PDSCH in the time domain means the starting position of the transmission resource related to some or all of the PDSCHs in the multiple PDSCHs in the time domain. For example, the starting time may indicate the starting position of each PDSCH transmission resource in the time domain. For another example, the start time may indicate the start position of the transmission resources of part of the PDSCH in the multiple PDSCHs in the time domain.
示例地,PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的结束位置,即表示与该多个PDSCH中部分或全部PDSCH相关的传输资源在时域上的结束位置。例如,结束时刻可以表示每个PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的结束位置。又如,结束时刻可以表示该多个PDSCH中部分PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的结束位置。For example, the end position of the transmission resource of the PDSCH in the time domain means the end position of the transmission resource related to some or all of the PDSCHs in the multiple PDSCHs in the time domain. For example, the end time may indicate the end position of each PDSCH transmission resource in the time domain. For another example, the end time may indicate the end position of the transmission resources of part of the PDSCH in the multiple PDSCHs in the time domain.
可选地,所述多个PDSCH的传输信息还可以包括多个PDSCH的处理方式。也就是说,终端设备的能力信息与多个PDSCH的处理方式关联,具体的可以参考下文实施例中的关联方式1。其中,多个PDSCH的处理方式例如可以包括:分别处理、联合处理、交叉处理。关于这三种处理方式,下文实施例中描述。Optionally, the multiple PDSCH transmission information may also include multiple PDSCH processing modes. In other words, the capability information of the terminal device is associated with multiple PDSCH processing modes. For details, refer to the association mode 1 in the following embodiment. Among them, multiple PDSCH processing methods may include, for example, separate processing, joint processing, and cross processing. Regarding these three processing methods, they are described in the following embodiments.
基于上述方案,终端设备可以基于上述一项或多项信息,生成能力信息。例如,终端设备可以基于上述一项或多项信息,确定接收到该多个数据(如PDSCH)后将如何处理,并基于处理方式来生成能力信息并上报。又如,终端设备也可以基于上述一项或多项信息,确定接收到该多个数据后将如何反馈,并基于反馈方式来生成能力信息并上报。Based on the foregoing solution, the terminal device may generate capability information based on one or more of the foregoing information. For example, the terminal device may determine how to process the multiple data (such as PDSCH) based on the above-mentioned one or more items of information, and generate and report capability information based on the processing mode. For another example, the terminal device may also determine how to feed back the multiple pieces of data based on the aforementioned one or more pieces of information, and generate and report capability information based on the feedback mode.
结合第一方面或第二方面,在某些实现方式中,所述起始时刻表示:每个PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的起始位置。With reference to the first aspect or the second aspect, in some implementation manners, the start time indicates: the start position of the transmission resource of each PDSCH in the time domain.
结合第一方面或第二方面,在某些实现方式中,所述结束时刻表示:每个PDSCH的 传输资源在时域上的结束位置。With reference to the first aspect or the second aspect, in some implementation manners, the end time indicates: the end position of the transmission resource of each PDSCH in the time domain.
结合第一方面或第二方面,在某些实现方式中,所述终端设备对所述多个PDSCH反馈的反馈方式,包括:对每个PDSCH分别反馈,或,对所述多个PDSCH联合反馈。With reference to the first aspect or the second aspect, in some implementation manners, the feedback manner of the terminal device for the multiple PDSCH feedback includes: separately feeding back each PDSCH, or jointly feeding back the multiple PDSCHs .
基于上述方案,终端设备接收多个数据(如PDSCH)时,可以有不同的反馈方式。Based on the above solution, when the terminal device receives multiple data (such as PDSCH), there may be different feedback modes.
第三方面,提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置用于执行上述第一方面提供的方法。具体地,所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第一方面提供的方法的模块。In a third aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device is configured to execute the method provided in the foregoing first aspect. Specifically, the communication device may include a module for executing the method provided in the first aspect.
第四方面,提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置用于执行上述第二方面提供的方法。具体地,所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第二方面提供的方法的模块。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device is configured to execute the method provided in the second aspect. Specifically, the communication device may include a module for executing the method provided in the second aspect.
第五方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor. The processor is coupled with the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置为终端设备。当该通信装置为终端设备时,所述通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。In an implementation manner, the communication device is a terminal device. When the communication device is a terminal device, the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
在另一种实现方式中,该通信装置为配置于终端设备中的芯片。当该通信装置为配置于终端设备中的芯片时,所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。In another implementation manner, the communication device is a chip configured in a terminal device. When the communication device is a chip configured in a terminal device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
在另一种实现方式中,该通信装置为芯片或芯片系统。In another implementation manner, the communication device is a chip or a chip system.
可选地,所述收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,所述输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor. The processor is coupled with the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled with the communication interface.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置为网络设备。当该通信装置为网络设备时,所述通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。In one implementation, the communication device is a network device. When the communication device is a network device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
在另一种实现方式中,该通信装置为配置于网络设备中的芯片。当该通信装置为配置于网络设备中的芯片时,所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。In another implementation manner, the communication device is a chip configured in a network device. When the communication device is a chip configured in a network device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
在另一种实现方式中,该通信装置为芯片或芯片系统。In another implementation manner, the communication device is a chip or a chip system.
可选地,所述收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,所述输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
第七方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被通信装置执行时,使得所述通信装置实现第一方面,以及第一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。In a seventh aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, on which a computer program is stored. When the computer program is executed by a communication device, the communication device realizes the first aspect and any possible implementation of the first aspect The method in the way.
第八方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被通信装置执行时,使得所述通信装置实现第二方面,以及第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, there is provided a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored. When the computer program is executed by a communication device, the communication device enables the communication device to implement the second aspect and any possible implementation of the second aspect The method in the way.
第九方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述指令被计算机执行时使得通信装置实现第一方面提供的方法。In a ninth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided, which when executed by a computer causes a communication device to implement the method provided in the first aspect.
第十方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述指令被计算机执行时使得通信装置实现第二方面提供的方法。In a tenth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided, which when executed by a computer causes a communication device to implement the method provided in the second aspect.
第十一方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括前述的网络设备和终端设备。In an eleventh aspect, a communication system is provided, including the aforementioned network equipment and terminal equipment.
基于本申请实施例,考虑到终端设备可能会接收到多个数据(如PDSCH)的场景,例如多站传输的场景,终端设备上报能力信息时,可以考虑多个数据的传输信息,基于该多个数据的传输信息生成能力信息。终端设备向网络设备上报基于多个数据的传输信息生成的能力信息,使得网络设备可以基于终端设备在多站传输下的能力,为终端设备配置反馈资源,进而不仅可以合理地配置反馈资源,而且可以保证系统性能。Based on the embodiments of this application, considering the scenario where the terminal device may receive multiple data (such as PDSCH), such as the scenario of multi-station transmission, when the terminal device reports the capability information, the transmission information of multiple data may be considered, based on the multiple The transmission information of each data generates capability information. The terminal device reports the capability information generated based on the transmission information of multiple data to the network device, so that the network device can configure feedback resources for the terminal device based on the capability of the terminal device under multi-station transmission, thus not only can rationally configure the feedback resource, but also Can guarantee system performance.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是适用于本申请实施例的通信系统的示意图;Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system suitable for an embodiment of the present application;
图2是关于下行数据处理时间的一示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the processing time of downlink data;
图3是本申请实施例的通信方法的示意性交互图;FIG. 3 is a schematic interaction diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4是适用于本申请实施例的PDSCH的时域资源分配的一示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of time domain resource allocation of PDSCH applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图5和图6是适用于本申请实施例的通信方法的示意图;5 and 6 are schematic diagrams of communication methods applicable to the embodiments of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的一示意性框图;FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的又一示意性框图;FIG. 8 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的终端设备的示意性框图;FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的示意性框图。FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th Generation,5G)系统或新无线(New Radio,NR)等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Global System of Mobile Communication (GSM) system, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, and Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) System or New Radio (NR), etc.
为便于理解本申请实施例,首先以图1示出的通信系统为例详细说明适用于本申请实施例提供的方法的通信系统。图1示出了适用于本申请实施例的通信系统100的示意图。如图所示,该通信系统100可以包括至少一个终端设备,如图中所示的终端设备101;该通信系统100还可以包括至少两个网络设备,如图中所示的网络设备#1 102和网络设备#2 103。网络设备#1 102和网络设备#2 103可以是同一个小区中的网络设备,例如,网络设备#1 102和网络设备#2 103可以是同一小区中的发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP),也可以是不同小区中的网络设备,本申请对此不作限定。图中仅为示例,示出了网络设备#1 102和网络设备#2 103位于同一个小区中的示例。还应理解,本申请各实施例还可以应用在一个网络设备的多天线面板相当于多TRP的场景下。To facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, firstly, the communication system shown in FIG. 1 is taken as an example to describe in detail a communication system applicable to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application. Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in the figure, the communication system 100 may include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal device 101 shown in the figure; the communication system 100 may also include at least two network devices, such as the network device #1 102 shown in the figure.和网络设备#2 103. Network equipment #1 102 and network equipment #2 103 can be network equipment in the same cell, for example, network equipment #1 102 and network equipment #2 103 can be a transmission and reception point (TRP) in the same cell ), it can also be network equipment in different cells, which is not limited in this application. The figure is only an example, showing an example in which network device #1 102 and network device #2 103 are located in the same cell. It should also be understood that the various embodiments of the present application can also be applied in a scenario where a multi-antenna panel of a network device is equivalent to multiple TRPs.
在通信系统100中,网络设备#1 102和网络设备#2 103彼此之间可通过回程(backhaul)链路通信,该回程链路可以是有线回程链路(例如光纤、铜缆),也可以是无线回程链路(例如微波)。网络设备#1 102和网络设备#2 103可以进行相互协同,来为终端设备101提供服务。因此,终端设备101可通过无线链路分别与网络设备#1 102和网络设备#2 103 通信。In the communication system 100, the network device #1 102 and the network device #2 103 can communicate with each other through a backhaul link, which can be a wired backhaul link (for example, optical fiber, copper cable), or It is a wireless backhaul link (such as microwave). Network device #1 102 and network device #2 103 can cooperate with each other to provide services for terminal device 101. Therefore, the terminal device 101 can respectively communicate with the network device #1 102 and the network device #2 103 through the wireless link.
此外,网络设备#1 102和网络设备#2 103中的一个或多个还可以分别采用载波聚合技术,在一个或多个CC上为终端设备101调度PDSCH。例如,网络设备#1 102可以在CC#1和CC#2上为终端设备101调度PDSCH,网络设备#2 103可以在CC#1和CC#3上为终端设备101调度PDSCH。网络设备#1 102和网络设备#2 103所调度的CC可以是相同的,也可以是不同的,本申请对此不作限定。In addition, one or more of the network device #1 102 and the network device #2 103 may also use carrier aggregation technology to schedule PDSCH for the terminal device 101 on one or more CCs. For example, network device #1 102 can schedule PDSCH for terminal device 101 on CC#1 and CC#2, and network device #2 103 can schedule PDSCH for terminal device 101 on CC#1 and CC#3. The CCs scheduled by network equipment #1 102 and network equipment #2 103 may be the same or different, which is not limited in this application.
应理解,上述应用于本申请实施例的通信系统仅是举例说明,适用本申请实施例的通信系统并不局限于此。It should be understood that the foregoing communication system applied to the embodiment of the present application is only an example, and the communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以是一种向用户提供语音/数据连通性的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端设备的举例为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、无线调制解调器(modem)、手持设备(handset)、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)终端、5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device that provides users with voice/data connectivity, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and the like. At present, some examples of terminal devices are: mobile phones (mobile phones), tablet computers, notebook computers, handheld computers, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented Augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminals in self-driving (self-driving), wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart grid (smart grid) Wireless terminals in transportation safety (transportation safety), wireless terminals in smart city (smart city), wireless terminals in smart home (smart home), cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocols (session initiation) protocol, SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants, PDAs), handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, In-vehicle equipment, wearable devices, wireless modems (modem), handheld devices (handset), laptop computers (laptop computers), machine type communication (MTC) terminals, terminal devices in 5G networks, or future evolution The terminal equipment in the public land mobile network (PLMN) is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,该网络设备可以是全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统或码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(Cloud Radio Access Network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等,本申请实施例并不限定。The network device in the embodiment of the application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal device. The network device may be a Global System of Mobile Communication (GSM) system or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) The base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in the LTE system can also be the base station (NodeB, NB) in the Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, or the evolutionary base station (Evolutional Base Station) in the LTE system. NodeB, eNB, or eNodeB), it can also be a wireless controller in Cloud Radio Access Network (CRAN) scenarios, or the network device can be a relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, wearable device, and future The network equipment in the 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc., are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一些部署中,网络设备可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。网络设备还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,简称AAU)。CU实现网络设备的部分功能,DU实现网络设备的部分功能,比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU+AAU 发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外,可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的网络设备,本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, the network equipment may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU. The network device may also include an active antenna unit (AAU for short). CU implements some of the functions of network equipment, and DU implements some of the functions of network equipment. For example, CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, implementing radio resource control (RRC), and packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer function. The DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and realizes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer, and physical (PHY) layer. AAU realizes some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by DU , Or, sent by DU+AAU. It can be understood that the network device may be a device that includes one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node. In addition, the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (radio access network, RAN), or the CU can be divided into network equipment in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
为便于理解本申请实施例,首先对本申请中涉及的几个术语做简单说明。To facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, a brief description of several terms involved in the present application will be given first.
1、能力信息1. Ability information
终端设备的能力或者终端设备的能力信息,可以表示表示终端设备的处理时间能力,或者说,终端设备的下行数据处理时间的能力。The capability of the terminal device or the capability information of the terminal device may indicate the processing time capability of the terminal device, or in other words, the downlink data processing time capability of the terminal device.
例如,终端设备可以支持能力1或能力2。也就是说,终端设备上报的能力信息可以指示终端设备支持能力1或能力2。终端设备的下行数据处理时间与参数N1相关,不同的能力对应的N1不同,如能力1对应的N1和能力2对应的N1不同。也就是说,终端设备支持能力1的情况下,终端设备的下行数据处理时间基于能力1对应的N1确定;终端设备支持能力2的情况下,终端设备的下行数据处理时间基于能力2对应的N1确定。具体的下文结合对下行数据处理时间的描述进行说明。For example, the terminal device may support capability 1 or capability 2. In other words, the capability information reported by the terminal device may indicate that the terminal device supports capability 1 or capability 2. The downlink data processing time of the terminal equipment is related to the parameter N1. Different capabilities correspond to different N1s, such as N1 corresponding to capability 1 and N1 corresponding to capability 2 are different. In other words, when the terminal device supports capability 1, the downlink data processing time of the terminal device is determined based on N1 corresponding to capability 1, and when the terminal device supports capability 2, the downlink data processing time of the terminal device is based on N1 corresponding to capability 2. determine. The specific description will be given below in conjunction with the description of the downlink data processing time.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以支持能力3。该能力3与现有的能力1、能力2不同,能力3可以表示多站传输下的能力。具体的下文实施例介绍。In the embodiment of this application, the terminal device may also support capability 3. This capability 3 is different from the existing capability 1 and capability 2, and capability 3 can represent the capability under multi-station transmission. Specific examples are introduced below.
2、HARQ-ACK信息(HARQ-ACK information)2. HARQ-ACK information (HARQ-ACK information)
HARQ-ACK信息也可以称为HARQ信息。可以分为下行HARQ信息和上行HARQ信息。在当前技术中,下行HARQ-ACK信息可以表示针对下行数据(如物理下行共享信道(physical downlink share channel,PDSCH))的反馈信息,如可以是确认(ACK)或否定确认(negative acknowledgment,NACK)。上行HARQ-ACK信息可以表示针对上行数据(如物理上行共享信道(physical uplink share channel,PUSCH))的反馈信息,与下行HARQ-ACK信息相似,也可以是ACK或NACK。其中,ACK可表示数据被成功接收,且数据被成功解码;NACK可表示数据未被成功接收,或数据未被成功解码。发送设备(如进行下行传输的网络设备或进行上行传输的终端设备)可以基于接收设备反馈的NACK进行数据重传。HARQ-ACK information may also be referred to as HARQ information. It can be divided into downlink HARQ information and uplink HARQ information. In the current technology, the downlink HARQ-ACK information can indicate the feedback information for the downlink data (such as the physical downlink share channel (PDSCH)), for example, it can be an acknowledgement (ACK) or a negative acknowledgement (negative acknowledgment, NACK) . Uplink HARQ-ACK information may indicate feedback information for uplink data (such as physical uplink share channel (PUSCH)), which is similar to downlink HARQ-ACK information, and may also be ACK or NACK. Among them, ACK may indicate that the data was successfully received and the data was successfully decoded; NACK may indicate that the data was not successfully received or the data was not successfully decoded. The sending device (such as a network device that performs downlink transmission or a terminal device that performs uplink transmission) may perform data retransmission based on the NACK fed back by the receiving device.
在一种可能的设计中,该HARQ-ACK信息可以是一个信息比特,当该信息比特置“0”时可以表示NACK,当该信息比特置“1”时可以表示ACK;或者,当该信息比特置“1”时可以表示NACK,当该信息比特置“0”时可以表示ACK,本申请对此不作限定。In a possible design, the HARQ-ACK information can be an information bit. When the information bit is set to "0", it can indicate NACK, and when the information bit is set to "1", it can indicate ACK; or, when the information When the bit is set to "1", it can indicate NACK, and when the information bit is set to "0", it can indicate ACK, which is not limited in this application.
下文一些实施例中以反馈的信息为HARQ信息为例来说明本申请实施例,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请并不排除将本申请所提供的方法应用于其它反馈信息的场景中。In some embodiments below, the feedback information is HARQ information as an example to illustrate the embodiments of this application, but this should not constitute any limitation to this application. This application does not exclude the application of the method provided in this application to other scenarios of feedback information.
以下行HARQ-ACK信息为例,下行HARQ-ACK信息例如可以通过物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)传输,可以属于上行控制信息(uplink control information,UCI)中的一种。需要反馈的HARQ-ACK信息的下行数据例如可以包括:有对应的物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)的PDSCH、用于下行半持续调度(semi-persistent scheduling,SPS)激活的PDSCH传输、用于指示下行SPS释放(release)信息的PDCCH(此时没有数据PDSCH),也可称为SPS PDSCH release或没有对应的PDCCH的SPS PDSCH。本申请实施例对此不做限定。The following HARQ-ACK information is taken as an example. The downlink HARQ-ACK information may be transmitted through a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), and may belong to one of uplink control information (UCI). The downlink data of HARQ-ACK information that needs to be fed back may include, for example: PDSCH with a corresponding physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), PDSCH transmission for downlink semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) activation The PDCCH used to indicate downlink SPS release information (there is no data PDSCH at this time) can also be referred to as SPS PDSCH release or SPS PDSCH without corresponding PDCCH. The embodiments of this application do not limit this.
在下文一些实施例中,为便于理解,以下行HARQ信息为针对PDSCH的反馈信息为 例进行示例性说明。针对每个PDSCH有对应的ACK、NACK信息,至少一个PDSCH的ACK、NACK信息可以对应一个或多个HARQ-ACK信息。其具体实现方式本申请对此不作限定。In some embodiments below, for ease of understanding, the following HARQ information is the feedback information for PDSCH as an example for exemplification. There is corresponding ACK and NACK information for each PDSCH, and the ACK and NACK information of at least one PDSCH may correspond to one or more HARQ-ACK information. The specific implementation manner is not limited in this application.
3、时频资源3. Time-frequency resources
在本申请实施例中,数据或信息可以通过时频资源来承载,其中,该时频资源可以包括时域上的资源和频域上的资源。其中,在时域上,时频资源可以包括一个或多个时域单位(或者,也可以称为时间单位),在频域上,时频资源可以包括一个或多个频域单位。In the embodiments of the present application, data or information may be carried by time-frequency resources, where the time-frequency resources may include resources in the time domain and resources in the frequency domain. Wherein, in the time domain, the time-frequency resource may include one or more time domain units (or, it may also be referred to as a time unit), and in the frequency domain, the time-frequency resource may include one or more frequency domain units.
其中,一个时域单位可以是一个符号,或者一个迷你时隙(mini-slot),或者一个时隙(slot),或者一个子帧(subframe),其中,一个子帧在时域上的持续时间可以是1毫秒(ms),一个时隙由7个或者14个符号组成,一个迷你时隙可以包括至少一个符号(例如,2个符号或者4个符号或者7个符号或者14个符号,或者其他小于等于14个符号的任意数目符号)。列举的上述时域单位大小仅仅是为了方便理解本申请的方案,不应理解对本申请的限定,可以理解的是,上述时域单位大小可以为其它值,本申请不做限定。Among them, a time domain unit can be a symbol, or a mini-slot, or a slot, or a subframe, where the duration of a subframe in the time domain It can be 1 millisecond (ms). A slot consists of 7 or 14 symbols. A mini slot can include at least one symbol (for example, 2 symbols or 4 symbols or 7 symbols or 14 symbols, or other Any number of symbols less than or equal to 14 symbols). The above-mentioned time-domain unit sizes are only for the convenience of understanding the solutions of this application, and should not be understood as limiting the application. It is understandable that the above-mentioned time-domain unit sizes can be other values, which are not limited in this application.
一个频域单位可以是一个资源块(resource block,RB),或者一个资源块组(resource block group,RBG),或者一个预定义的子带(subband),或者一个预编码资源块组(precoding resource block group,PRG),或者一个带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP),或者一个载波,或者一个服务小区。A frequency domain unit can be a resource block (resource block, RB), or a resource block group (resource block group, RBG), or a predefined subband (subband), or a precoding resource block group (precoding resource block group). block group, PRG), or a bandwidth part (BWP), or a carrier, or a serving cell.
在本申请实施例中,“数据”或“信息”可以理解为信息块经过编码后生成的比特,或者,“数据”或“信息”还可以理解为信息块经过编码调制后生成的调制符号。In the embodiments of the present application, "data" or "information" can be understood as bits generated after information blocks are coded, or "data" or "information" can also be understood as modulation symbols generated after information blocks are coded and modulated.
4、数据的处理流程4. Data processing flow
以下行传输为例,数据的处理流程可以包括网络设备向终端设备发送数据,终端设备接收数据,并对接收的数据进行处理,终端设备根据处理的结果向网络设备反馈应答信息。Taking the following line transmission as an example, the data processing flow may include the network device sending data to the terminal device, the terminal device receiving the data, and processing the received data, and the terminal device feeding back response information to the network device according to the processing result.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,对数据进行处理,例如对PDSCH进行处理,可以包括对PDSCH进行解调和解码等处理。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, processing data, such as processing PDSCH, may include processing such as demodulating and decoding the PDSCH.
为了让终端设备能够进行合理地反馈,网络设备一般会向终端设备指定反馈的时间。例如,网络设备通过在下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)中携带指示信息,该指示信息指示终端设备从接收PDSCH到进行HARQ反馈的时间,或者,网络设备可以通过高层信令通知终端设备从接收PDSCH到进行HARQ反馈的时间。这样,终端设备就知道在接收到PDSCH之后的哪个时间单元进行反馈。In order to allow the terminal device to perform reasonable feedback, the network device generally specifies the feedback time to the terminal device. For example, the network device may carry indication information in the downlink control information (DCI). The indication information indicates the time from receiving the PDSCH to the HARQ feedback of the terminal device, or the network device may notify the terminal device from the The time from receiving PDSCH to HARQ feedback. In this way, the terminal device knows which time unit to perform feedback after receiving the PDSCH.
应理解,上述仅是为便于理解做的示例性说明,关于数据的具体处理流程,本申请实施例并不做限定。It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description for ease of understanding, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific processing flow of data.
5、下行数据处理时间5. Downlink data processing time
一般地,为了保证终端设备可以生成一个有效的(valid)HARQ-ACK信息,携带了HARQ-ACK信息的PUCCH的第一个符号(或开始位置),可以在PDSCH结束之后经过下行数据处理时间之后的下一个时间单元进行反馈,或者,也可以晚于PDSCH结束之后经过下行数据处理时间之后的下一个时间单元。该时间单元可以是可用于上行传输的符号,里面还可以包括循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)时间。Generally, in order to ensure that the terminal device can generate a valid (valid) HARQ-ACK information, the first symbol (or start position) of the PUCCH carrying HARQ-ACK information can be after the end of the PDSCH after the downlink data processing time has elapsed. The feedback is performed in the next time unit, or it can be later than the next time unit after the downlink data processing time after the end of the PDSCH. The time unit may be a symbol that can be used for uplink transmission, and it may also include a cyclic prefix (CP) time.
为便于理解,结合图2进行说明。For ease of understanding, description is given in conjunction with FIG. 2.
如图2所示,为区分,用K0表示PDCCH与该PDCCH调度的PDSCH之间的时间间 隔,该K0的时间单位例如可以为时隙(slot),K0的范围例如可以为:K0∈{0,32};用K1表示终端设备反馈HARQ的时间;用T proc,1表示下行数据处理时间。应理解,K0的时间单位还可以为符号(symbol)等。 As shown in Fig. 2, for distinction, K0 is used to represent the time interval between the PDCCH and the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH. The time unit of K0 may be, for example, a slot, and the range of K0 may be, for example, K0∈{0 ,32}; Use K1 to represent the HARQ feedback time of the terminal equipment; use T proc,1 to represent the downlink data processing time. It should be understood that the time unit of K0 may also be a symbol or the like.
终端设备接收到PDSCH后,开始处理PDSCH,例如对PDSCH进行解调和解码等处理。该PDSCH里携带了需要被应答或者说需要被反馈的数据。终端设备根据K1的指示,在K1处向网络设备反馈HARQ信息。该HARQ信息可以通过PUCCH传输,该PUCCH可以根据K1的指示、PUCCH的资源指示、时间提前量(timing advance,TA)等确定。由K1确定的PUCCH的第一个时间单位(如第一个时隙或第一个符号等),不早于从PDSCH的最后一个时间单位(如最后一个时隙或最后一个符号)开始经过T proc,1时间之后的下一个时间单位(如下一个时隙或下一个符号等)。 After receiving the PDSCH, the terminal device starts processing the PDSCH, for example, demodulates and decodes the PDSCH. The PDSCH carries data that needs to be answered or needs to be fed back. The terminal device feeds back HARQ information to the network device at K1 according to the instruction of K1. The HARQ information may be transmitted through the PUCCH, and the PUCCH may be determined according to the indication of K1, the resource indication of the PUCCH, the timing advance (TA), and the like. The first time unit of PUCCH determined by K1 (such as the first time slot or the first symbol, etc.), no earlier than the last time unit of PDSCH (such as the last time slot or the last symbol) after T proc, the next unit of time after 1 time (the next time slot or the next symbol, etc.).
下行数据处理时间,例如可以根据终端设备的处理时间能力、时间调整量、采样时间等参数确定。The downlink data processing time can be determined according to parameters such as the processing time capability of the terminal device, the time adjustment amount, and the sampling time, for example.
例如,网络设备可以根据下面的公式1确定下行数据处理时间T proc,1For example, the network device may determine the downlink data processing time T proc,1 according to the following formula 1 .
T proc,1=(N1+d 1,1)(2048+144)*k*2 *Tc       公式1 T proc,1 = (N1+d 1,1 )(2048+144)*k*2 *Tc Formula 1
其中,N1可以是网络设备根据终端设备上报的能力信息确定的。能力信息,例如可以称为终端设备的处理时间能力。示例性地,终端设备上报的该能力信息可以与配置参数(numerology)有对应关系。Among them, N1 may be determined by the network device according to the capability information reported by the terminal device. The capability information, for example, may be referred to as the processing time capability of the terminal device. Exemplarily, the capability information reported by the terminal device may have a corresponding relationship with configuration parameters (numerology).
一般地,在现有技术中,终端设备可以支持能力1或能力2,换句话说,终端设备上报的能力信息指示终端设备支持能力1或能力2。Generally, in the prior art, the terminal device can support capability 1 or capability 2. In other words, the capability information reported by the terminal device indicates that the terminal device supports capability 1 or capability 2.
应理解,在一些特定的配置下,能力1对应的N1的值以及能力2对应的N1的值可以是协议中定义好的。It should be understood that under some specific configurations, the value of N1 corresponding to capability 1 and the value of N1 corresponding to capability 2 may be defined in the protocol.
例如,当终端设备上报的能力信息指示支持能力1时,对于某numerology,以及其他的一些传输条件,其N1为固定值。如表1所示,表1示出了现有的一种协议中,能力1下不同numerology对应的数据处理时间,即PDSCH处理时间N1。For example, when the capability information reported by the terminal device indicates the support capability 1, for a certain numerology and some other transmission conditions, N1 is a fixed value. As shown in Table 1, Table 1 shows the data processing time corresponding to different numerologies under capability 1 in an existing protocol, that is, the PDSCH processing time N1.
又如,当终端设备上报的能力信息指示支持能力2时,对于某numerology,以及其他的一些传输条件,其N1为固定值。如表2所示,表2示出了现有的一种协议中,能力2下不同numerology对应的数据处理时间,即PDSCH处理时间N1。For another example, when the capability information reported by the terminal device indicates the support capability 2, for a certain numerology and some other transmission conditions, N1 is a fixed value. As shown in Table 2, Table 2 shows the data processing time corresponding to different numerologies under capability 2 in an existing protocol, that is, the PDSCH processing time N1.
其中:among them:
dmrs-AdditionalPosition,表示额外(additional)解调参考信号的位置。dmrs-AdditionalPosition indicates the position of additional demodulation reference signal.
dmrs-AdditionalPosition=pos0,表示dmrs-AdditionalPosition在首个符号,dmrs-AdditionalPosition≠pos0,表示dmrs-AdditionalPosition不在首个符号。dmrs-AdditionalPosition=pos0, indicating that dmrs-AdditionalPosition is at the first symbol, dmrs-AdditionalPosition≠pos0, indicating that dmrs-AdditionalPosition is not at the first symbol.
dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeA,表示用于解调PDSCH的DMRS的映射类型为A,或dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeB,表示用于解调PDSCH的DMRS的映射类型为B。dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeA indicates that the mapping type of the DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH is A, or dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeB indicates that the mapping type of the DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH is B.
dmrs-AdditionalPosition=pos0in DMRS-DownlinkConfig in both of dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeA,dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeB,表示:在下行DMRS配置中,对于映射类型为TypeA的用于解调PDSCH的DMRS和对于映射类型为TypeB的用于解调PDSCH的DMRS,额外解调参考信号的位置均在首个符号。dmrs-AdditionalPosition=pos0in DMRS-DownlinkConfig in both of dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeA, dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeB, which means: in the downlink DMRS configuration, the DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH with the mapping type of TypeA and the DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH with the mapping type of TypeB are TypeB The DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH, the position of the additional demodulation reference signal is in the first symbol.
dmrs-AdditionalPosition≠pos0in DMRS-DownlinkConfig in either of  dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeA,dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeB or if the higher layer parameter is not configured,表示:在下行DMRS配置中,对于映射类型为TypeA的用于解调PDSCH的DMRS、对于映射类型为TypeB的用于解调PDSCH的DMRS、或者没有配置高层参数的,额外解调参考信号的位置均不在首个符号。dmrs-AdditionalPosition≠pos0in DMRS-DownlinkConfig in either of dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeA, dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeB or if the higher layer parameter is not configured, it means: in the downlink DMRS configuration, for the demodulation type of TypeA For the DMRS of the PDSCH, the DMRS used to demodulate the PDSCH whose mapping type is TypeB, or the DMRS that is not configured with high-level parameters, the position of the additional demodulation reference signal is not in the first symbol.
表1中的N 1,0表示另一个条件确定的值,或者,也可以理解为,考虑到其他条件或者其他参数确定的值。 N 1,0 in Table 1 represents a value determined by another condition, or can also be understood as a value determined by taking into account other conditions or other parameters.
频域范围1(frequency range 1),一般表示低频频段。Frequency range 1 (frequency range 1), generally indicates the low frequency band.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2020086543-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020086543-appb-000001
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2020086543-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2020086543-appb-000002
μ表示numerology,如μ取值为0表示的是15KHz子载波间隔,为μ取值为1表示的是30KHz子载波间隔,μ取值为2表示的是60KHz子载波间隔,μ取值为3表示的是120KHz子载波间隔。μ means numerology. For example, a value of 0 means 15KHz sub-carrier spacing, a value of 1 means 30KHz sub-carrier spacing, a value of 2 means 60KHz sub-carrier spacing, and a value of 3 It shows the 120KHz sub-carrier spacing.
可以看出,对于numerology为15KHz子载波间隔的情况,当终端设备上报的能力信息指示支持能力1时,意味着它可以支持8符号(在特定DMRS的配置下)的数据处理时间;当终端设备上报其能力为能力2时,意味着它可以支持3符号的数据处理时间。在该情况下,对于上报的能力信息指示支持能力1的终端设备,如果网络设备调度数据,并指示反馈资源时,要保证反馈的时间满足8符号的处理时间,否则(比如说网络设备指示的反馈资源是让终端设备在PDSCH之后的4个符号反馈),则终端设备无法提供一个有效的、可用的HARQ-ACK反馈信息。It can be seen that for the case where the numerology is 15KHz subcarrier spacing, when the capability information reported by the terminal device indicates support capability 1, it means that it can support data processing time of 8 symbols (under a specific DMRS configuration); when the terminal device When reporting its capability as capability 2, it means that it can support data processing time of 3 symbols. In this case, for a terminal device that indicates that the reported capability information indicates that it supports capability 1, if the network device schedules data and instructs to feed back resources, ensure that the feedback time meets the 8-symbol processing time, otherwise (for example, the network device indicates The feedback resource is for the terminal device to feed back 4 symbols after the PDSCH), the terminal device cannot provide an effective and usable HARQ-ACK feedback information.
numerology是在NR中新引入的一个概念,具体可理解为通信系统所用的一套参数, 例如可包括子载波间隔(subcarrier spacing,SCS)、符号长度、CP长度、资源块(resource block,RB)数、时隙长度、帧格式等。一个小区可以支持一种或者多种numerology,例如用于上行传输的numerology,用于下行传输的numerology等等。numerology is a new concept introduced in NR, which can be understood as a set of parameters used in communication systems, such as subcarrier spacing (SCS), symbol length, CP length, and resource block (RB) Number, slot length, frame format, etc. A cell can support one or more numerology, such as numerology for uplink transmission, numerology for downlink transmission, and so on.
应理解,此处所列举的numerology所包含的具体内容仅为示例性说明,不应对本申请构成任何限定。例如,numerology还可包括NR中所能支持的其他粒度的参数。It should be understood that the specific content contained in the numerology listed here is only an exemplary description, and should not constitute any limitation on this application. For example, numerology may also include other granular parameters that can be supported in NR.
以子载波间隔为例,不同的子载波间隔对应的N1可以为不同的值。具体的,可以参考现有协议,此处不再赘述。Taking the subcarrier interval as an example, N1 corresponding to different subcarrier intervals may have different values. Specifically, you can refer to the existing agreement, which will not be repeated here.
此外,numerology可以包括PDCCH的numerology,例如记为μPDCCH。numerology还可以包括PDSCH的numerology,例如记为μPDSCH。numerology还可以包括上行传输的numerology,例如记为μUL等。In addition, numerology may include the numerology of PDCCH, for example, denoted as μPDCCH. The numerology may also include the numerology of PDSCH, for example, it is denoted as μPDSCH. The numerology can also include the numerology of uplink transmission, such as μUL.
根据不同的numerology,N1可以为不同的值,那么网络设备确定T proc,1时,可以按照最大的值来确定。例如,μPDCCH对应的N1、μPDSCH对应的N1、以及μUL对应的N1不同,网络设备根据μPDCCH对应的N1、μPDSCH对应的N1、以及μUL对应的N1,可能会得到是三个T proc,1的值,那么网络设备最终确定的T proc,1可以是三个T proc,1的值中的最大值。也就是说,如果各信道的不同的numerology导致的处理时间不一样,那么网络设备可以按照最大的时间作为下行数据处理时间,以保证为终端设备预留足够的时间。 According to different numerology, N1 can be a different value, so when the network device determines T proc,1 , it can be determined according to the largest value. For example, N1 corresponding to μPDCCH, N1 corresponding to μPDSCH, and N1 corresponding to μUL are different. According to N1 corresponding to μPDCCH, N1 corresponding to μPDSCH, and N1 corresponding to μUL, the network device may obtain three values of T proc,1 , Then the T proc,1 finally determined by the network device can be the maximum value of the three T proc,1 values. That is to say, if the processing time caused by the different numerology of each channel is different, the network device can use the maximum time as the downlink data processing time to ensure that sufficient time is reserved for the terminal device.
上文公式1中,k表示一个常数,例如可以为对整个系统的信号的最大采样时间与对整个系统的信号的最小采样时间的比值。In the above formula 1, k represents a constant, for example, it can be the ratio of the maximum sampling time of the signal of the entire system to the minimum sampling time of the signal of the entire system.
其中,T C表示时间单位,例如,在当前协议中,T C=1/(Δf max*N f),Δf max=480.10 3Hz,N f=4096。 Wherein, T C represents a time unit. For example, in the current protocol, T C =1/(Δf max *N f ), Δf max =480.10 3 Hz, and N f =4096.
其中,d 1,1与PDSCH的资源映射有关。可以称为时间调整量。具体地,d 1,1可以与PDSCH的资源映射类型、PDSCH的持续时间(如占据是2、4、7符号长度)、PDSCH映射的资源、PDSCH中DMRS的映射位置、PDCCH映射的资源关系等有关。例如,在PDSCH映射类型为映射类型A(mapping type A)的情况下,且PDSCH的最后一个符号i<7时,d 1,1=7-i,否则d 1,1=0。 Among them, d 1,1 is related to PDSCH resource mapping. It can be called the time adjustment amount. Specifically, d 1,1 can be related to the resource mapping type of PDSCH, the duration of PDSCH (for example, occupying 2, 4, and 7 symbol lengths), the resources of PDSCH mapping, the mapping position of DMRS in PDSCH, the resource relationship of PDCCH mapping, etc. related. For example, when the PDSCH mapping type is mapping type A (mapping type A), and the last symbol i<7 of the PDSCH, d 1,1 =7-i, otherwise d 1,1 = 0.
应理解,上述各个参数的含义可参考现有协议,本申请实施例对此不做限定。It should be understood that the meaning of each of the foregoing parameters can refer to the existing protocol, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
一般地,网络设备为终端设备指示反馈HARQ的时间时,终端设备需要上报能力信息。终端设备在上报能力信息的时候,可能会考虑到:根据解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)估计信道的时间、终端设备的处理时间等等。Generally, when the network device indicates the HARQ feedback time for the terminal device, the terminal device needs to report capability information. When the terminal device reports the capability information, it may take into consideration: channel estimation time based on demodulation reference signal (DMRS), processing time of the terminal device, and so on.
应理解,终端设备的处理时间,例如可以包括:根据估计的信道对PDSCH进行处理的时间、根据处理结果生成HARQ-ACK信息的时间等。It should be understood that the processing time of the terminal device, for example, may include: the time for processing the PDSCH according to the estimated channel, the time for generating HARQ-ACK information according to the processing result, and so on.
在多站传输下,例如协作多点(coordination multiple point,CoMP)传输,终端设备对接收到的多个数据可能会有不同的处理方式,那么如果网络设备按照现有技术的设计对终端设备进行PUCCH资源的分配,可能会导致终端设备无法形成一个有效的HARQ-ACK信息,或者,网络设备考虑到多站导致的最差情况可能会分配比较长的反馈时间,这样会增加反馈时延,影响系统性能。Under multi-station transmission, such as coordinated multiple point (CoMP) transmission, the terminal device may have different processing methods for multiple received data. Then if the network device performs the terminal device according to the design of the prior art The allocation of PUCCH resources may cause the terminal equipment to fail to form a valid HARQ-ACK message, or the network equipment may allocate a relatively long feedback time considering the worst case caused by multiple stations, which will increase the feedback delay and affect System performance.
有鉴于此,本申请提供一种通信方法,以期网络设备能够合理地为终端设备分配反馈资源,提高资源利用率。In view of this, the present application provides a communication method, so that network equipment can reasonably allocate feedback resources to terminal equipment and improve resource utilization.
下面将结合附图详细说明本申请提供的各个实施例。The various embodiments provided in this application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图3是从设备交互的角度示出的本申请实施例提供的通信方法300的示意性交互图。如图所示,该方法300可以包括如下步骤。FIG. 3 is a schematic interaction diagram of a communication method 300 provided by an embodiment of the present application, shown from the perspective of device interaction. As shown in the figure, the method 300 may include the following steps.
310,终端设备基于多个数据的传输信息,生成能力信息。310. The terminal device generates capability information based on the transmission information of the multiple data.
多个数据的传输信息,可以表示与传输多个数据相关的信息。例如多个网络设备,如多个TRP,向终端设备发送的多个数据的传输信息,也可以由一个网络设备将多个网络设备的多个数据的传输信息发送给终端设备,本申请对此不进行限制。该数据可以为各种类型的数据,例如数据可以为PDSCH,也就是说,在步骤310中,终端设备基于多个PDSCH的传输信息,生成能力信息。应理解,本申请实施例中的“数据”可替换为“PDSCH”。The transmission information of multiple data can indicate information related to the transmission of multiple data. For example, multiple network devices, such as multiple TRPs, send multiple data transmission information to the terminal device. One network device can also send multiple data transmission information of multiple network devices to the terminal device. No restrictions. The data may be various types of data. For example, the data may be PDSCH. That is, in step 310, the terminal device generates capability information based on the transmission information of multiple PDSCHs. It should be understood that the "data" in the embodiments of the present application may be replaced with "PDSCH".
可选地,多个数据的传输信息,可以包括以下一项或多项信息:每个数据的传输时间、多个数据的重叠时间、起始时刻、起始时刻之间的间隔、结束时刻、结束时刻之间的间隔、发送接收点TRP的定时偏差、多个数据的配置参数、DMRD的配置参数、PDCCH的配置参数、或多个PDSCH的处理方式等。Optionally, the transmission information of multiple data may include one or more of the following information: transmission time of each data, overlapping time of multiple data, start time, interval between start times, end time, The interval between the end time, the timing deviation of the TRP of the sending and receiving point, the configuration parameters of multiple data, the configuration parameters of DMRD, the configuration parameters of PDCCH, or the processing method of multiple PDSCHs, etc.
其中,每个数据的传输时间,用于表示每个数据的传输时间长度,或者说,传输数据的传输时长。Among them, the transmission time of each data is used to indicate the transmission time length of each data, or in other words, the transmission time of the transmission data.
其中,多个数据的重叠时间,用于表示多个数据时域资源重复的时间长度,或者说,用于传输多个数据的资源在时域上重叠的时长。Wherein, the overlap time of multiple data is used to indicate the length of time that multiple data time domain resources are repeated, or in other words, the time length of time domain resources used to transmit multiple data overlap.
其中,起始时刻表示:传输数据的(即PDSCH的)传输资源在时域上的起始位置。即表示与该多个PDSCH中部分或全部PDSCH相关的传输资源在时域上的起始位置。例如,起始时刻表示每个数据的传输资源在时域上的起始位置。Wherein, the starting time indicates: the starting position of the transmission resource for transmitting data (that is, the PDSCH) in the time domain. That is, it represents the starting position in the time domain of transmission resources related to part or all of the PDSCHs in the multiple PDSCHs. For example, the start time indicates the start position of each data transmission resource in the time domain.
其中,结束时刻表示:传输数据的(即PDSCH的)传输资源在时域上的结束位置。即表示与该多个PDSCH中部分或全部PDSCH相关的传输资源在时域上的结束位置。例如,结束时刻表示每个数据的传输资源在时域上的结束位置。Wherein, the end time indicates: the end position of the transmission resource for transmitting data (that is, the PDSCH) in the time domain. That is, it indicates the end position in the time domain of the transmission resources related to some or all of the PDSCHs in the multiple PDSCHs. For example, the end time indicates the end position of each data transmission resource in the time domain.
其中,数据的配置参数例如可以包括:数据的映射类型,例如PDSCH的映射类型为类型A或类型B。Wherein, the configuration parameters of the data may include, for example, the mapping type of the data, for example, the mapping type of the PDSCH is type A or type B.
其中,DMRS的配置参数例如可以包括以下一项或多项:前置DMRS的符号位置、前置DMRS的符号个数、额外(或后置)DMRS的符号位置、额外(或后置)DMRS的个数、DMRS配置类型(如DMRS配置类型为类型1或DMRS配置类型为类型2)、或DMRS所在的码分正交组信息等。Among them, the configuration parameters of the DMRS may include, for example, one or more of the following: the symbol position of the pre-DMRS, the number of symbols of the pre-DMRS, the symbol position of the additional (or post) DMRS, and the symbol position of the additional (or post) DMRS Number, DMRS configuration type (for example, DMRS configuration type is type 1 or DMRS configuration type is type 2), or code division orthogonal group information where DMRS is located, etc.
其中,PDCCH的配置参数例如可以包括以下一项或多项:PDCCH所在的控制资源组、或搜索空间集合、PDCCH所在的时域资源信息、PDCCH检测的检测周期、检测图样、或检测时域偏移等信息。控制资源组的信息,例如可以包括控制资源组所占的符号个数信息。Wherein, the configuration parameters of the PDCCH may include, for example, one or more of the following: the control resource group or search space set where the PDCCH is located, the time domain resource information where the PDCCH is located, the detection period of the PDCCH detection, the detection pattern, or the detection time domain offset Shift and other information. The information of the control resource group, for example, may include information about the number of symbols occupied by the control resource group.
其中,多个PDSCH的处理方式,也可以称为PDSCH的解调假设,即表示终端设备对多个PDSCH将要如何处理。具体的处理方式例如可以包括:分别处理、联合处理、交叉处理。关于这三种处理方式,下文详细介绍。终端设备的能力信息可以与多个PDSCH的处理方式关联,也可以理解为,终端设备上报的能力信息可以与终端设备处理多个数据的方式有对应关系,或者,也可以理解为,终端设备上报的能力信息是基于终端设备处理多个数据的处理方式上报的。具体地,可以参考下文的关联方式1。Among them, the processing method of multiple PDSCHs can also be referred to as the demodulation hypothesis of PDSCH, which means how the terminal equipment will process multiple PDSCHs. Specific processing methods may include, for example, separate processing, joint processing, and cross processing. These three processing methods are described in detail below. The capability information of a terminal device can be associated with multiple PDSCH processing modes. It can also be understood that the capability information reported by the terminal device can correspond to the way the terminal device processes multiple data, or it can also be understood as the terminal device reporting The capability information of is reported based on how the terminal device processes multiple data. Specifically, you can refer to the association method 1 below.
下文详细介绍上述各个信息,以及终端设备如何基于多个数据的传输信息生成能力信息。The following details the above-mentioned information and how the terminal device generates capability information based on the transmission information of multiple data.
在本申请实施例中,考虑到终端设备在一些场景下,例如多站传输,可能会对待接收的多个数据有不同的处理方式或反馈方式,故提出基于多个数据的传输信息上报能力信息。In the embodiments of this application, considering that in some scenarios, such as multi-station transmission, the terminal device may have different processing methods or feedback methods for the multiple data to be received, so it is proposed that the transmission information reporting capability information based on multiple data .
关于能力信息至少包括以下两种可能的设计。The capability information includes at least the following two possible designs.
设计1,能力信息可以理解为终端设备在多站传输下的能力信息,或者,终端设备在多站传输下的处理时间能力。 Design 1. Capability information can be understood as the capability information of a terminal device under multi-station transmission, or the processing time capability of a terminal device under multi-station transmission.
设计2,能力信息为终端设备在单站传输下的能力信息。 Design 2. Capability information is the capability information of terminal equipment under single-site transmission.
下文实施例首先介绍设计1的方案。The following example first introduces the scheme of Design 1.
根据多个数据的传输信息生成能力信息,也可以理解为,终端设备上报的能力信息与多个数据的传输相关联,或者,也可以理解为,终端设备上报的能力信息与多站传输相关联,或者,也可以理解为,终端设备上报的能力信息与终端设备处理多个数据的方式有关,和/或,终端设备上报的能力信息与终端设备针对多个数据的反馈方式有关。Generating capability information based on the transmission information of multiple data can also be understood as that the capability information reported by the terminal device is associated with the transmission of multiple data, or it can also be understood as the capability information reported by the terminal device is associated with multi-station transmission Or, it can also be understood that the capability information reported by the terminal device is related to the manner in which the terminal device processes multiple data, and/or the capability information reported by the terminal device is related to the feedback manner of the terminal device for multiple data.
可选地,设计1中提及的能力信息可以表示指示终端设备支持能力3的能力信息,该能力3与现有的能力1、能力2不同,即该能力3表示多站传输下的能力。能力3可以对应一个或多个能力,协议可以预定义这些能力所对应的PDSCH处理时间的取值(如类似表1或表2的形式)。Optionally, the capability information mentioned in Design 1 may represent capability information indicating that the terminal device supports capability 3, which is different from the existing capability 1 and capability 2, that is, the capability 3 represents the capability under multi-station transmission. Capability 3 can correspond to one or more capabilities, and the protocol can predefine the value of the PDSCH processing time corresponding to these capabilities (for example, in a form similar to Table 1 or Table 2).
终端设备根据多个数据的传输信息(或者说多站传输的信息),上报合适的能力信息,网络设备通过读取该能力信息,以及该能力信息对应的PDSCH处理时间的取值,从而知道在对应的传输配置下的PDSCH的处理时间。此处,不同的能力可以对应不同的传输配置。对此不做限定。The terminal equipment reports appropriate capability information according to the transmission information of multiple data (or information transmitted by multiple stations). The network equipment reads the capability information and the value of the PDSCH processing time corresponding to the capability information, thereby knowing the PDSCH processing time under the corresponding transmission configuration. Here, different capabilities can correspond to different transmission configurations. There is no restriction on this.
可选地,可以通过以下一种或多种关联方式,将终端设备上报的能力信息与多个数据的传输相关联。Optionally, the capability information reported by the terminal device can be associated with the transmission of multiple data through one or more of the following association methods.
关联方式1:终端设备上报的能力信息与终端设备处理多个数据的方式关联,也可以理解为,终端设备上报的能力信息可以与终端设备处理多个数据的方式有对应关系,或者,也可以理解为,终端设备上报的能力信息是基于终端设备处理多个数据的处理方式上报的。Association method 1: The capability information reported by the terminal device is associated with the way the terminal device processes multiple data. It can also be understood that the capability information reported by the terminal device can correspond to the way the terminal device processes multiple data, or, It is understood that the capability information reported by the terminal device is reported based on the processing manner in which the terminal device processes multiple data.
该关联方式1可以是预先定义的,例如协议预先规定的,或者,网络设备预先配置的,对此不做限定。The association mode 1 may be pre-defined, for example, pre-defined by the protocol, or pre-configured by the network device, which is not limited.
本申请实施例对该关联方式1的具体形式不做限定,例如,该关联方式1可以是一个表格的形式。如表3所示。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific form of the association method 1. For example, the association method 1 may be in the form of a table. as shown in Table 3.
表3table 3
处理方式Processing method N1 N1
处理方式1Treatment method 1 N1_值aN1_value a
处理方式2 Treatment 2 N1_值b N1_value b
处理方式3Treatment 3 N1_值cN1_value c
……... ……...
N1_值a,N1_值b,N1_值c为整数。N1_value a, N1_value b, N1_value c are integers.
其中,处理方式1、处理方式2、处理方式3,……,用于表示不同的处理方式;N1_值a、N1_值b、N1_值c,……,表示各种处理方式对应的N1的值。Among them, processing method 1, processing method 2, processing method 3, ..., are used to indicate different processing methods; N1_value a, N1_value b, N1_value c, ..., indicate the corresponding processing methods The value of N1.
终端设备上报能力信息时,可以基于多个数据的传输信息确定处理方式,并基于处理方式进行上报。When the terminal device reports the capability information, it can determine the processing mode based on the transmission information of multiple data, and report based on the processing mode.
可选地,终端设备还可以上报处理方式。以数据为PDSCH为例,终端设备可以单独上报该终端设备对PDSCH的处理方式。Optionally, the terminal device can also report the processing mode. Taking the data as the PDSCH as an example, the terminal device can separately report the processing mode of the terminal device on the PDSCH.
一示例,当终端设备被配置了两组PDCCH的配置参数,如终端设备被配置了两组控制资源组(CORESET)(即该两组CORESET分组标识不同)的时候,终端设备在解调一个PDSCH的时候是否用到其他PDCCH(非调度这个PDSCH的PDCCH)中的信息。For example, when the terminal device is configured with two sets of PDCCH configuration parameters, for example, the terminal device is configured with two sets of control resource groups (CORESET) (that is, the two sets of CORESET group IDs are different), the terminal device is demodulating a PDSCH Whether to use the information in other PDCCHs (PDCCHs that do not schedule this PDSCH).
例如,假设两组PDCCH的配置参数分别记作PDCCH的配置参数1、PDCCH的配置参数2,PDCCH的配置参数1对应PDSCH1、PDCCH的配置参数2对应PDSCH2。那么,终端设备可以单独上报该终端设备对PDSCH的处理方式,如终端设备在解调PDSCH1的时候,是否用到PDCCH的配置参数2中的信息;或者,终端设备在解调PDSCH2的时候,是否用到PDCCH的配置参数1中的信息。For example, suppose that the configuration parameters of the two sets of PDCCH are respectively denoted as PDCCH configuration parameter 1 and PDCCH configuration parameter 2, PDCCH configuration parameter 1 corresponds to PDSCH1 and PDCCH configuration parameter 2 corresponds to PDSCH2. Then, the terminal device can separately report the PDSCH processing mode of the terminal device, such as whether the terminal device uses the information in the configuration parameter 2 of the PDCCH when demodulating PDSCH1; or, when the terminal device demodulates PDSCH2, whether Use the information in PDCCH configuration parameter 1.
又一示例,终端设备在解调对应了某个CORESET分组标识的PDCCH所调度的PDSCH的时候,是否用到其他CORESET分组标识的PDCCH中的调度信息。其中,调度信息例如可以包括但不限于:被调度PDSCH所使用的DMRS端口标识,DMRS的速率匹配资源颗粒(resource element,RE)(如PDSCH需要速率匹配的码分复用(Code Division Multiple,CDM)组个数)、被调度PDSCH所占据的时域符号长度、被调度PDSCH的起始符号位置、被调度PDSCH的结束符号位置、零功率信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information-Reference Signal,CSI-RS)(Zero power CSI-RS,ZP CSI-RS)的指示信息、速率匹配资源指示、HARQ进程指示等。In another example, when a terminal device demodulates a PDSCH scheduled by a PDCCH identified by a certain CORESET group, does it use scheduling information in a PDCCH identified by another CORESET group. Among them, the scheduling information may include, but is not limited to, for example, the DMRS port identifier used by the scheduled PDSCH, the rate matching resource element (RE) of the DMRS (for example, Code Division Multiple (Code Division Multiple, CDM) that requires rate matching for PDSCH). ) Number of groups), the length of the time domain symbol occupied by the scheduled PDSCH, the start symbol position of the scheduled PDSCH, the end symbol position of the scheduled PDSCH, the zero-power channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information-Reference Signal, CSI) -RS) (Zero power CSI-RS, ZP CSI-RS) indication information, rate matching resource indication, HARQ process indication, etc.
例如,假设两组CORESET分组标识分别记作CORESET分组标识1、CORESET分组标识2,CORESET分组标识1的PDCCH对应PDSCH1(或者说CORESET分组标识1的PDCCH用于调度PDSCH1)、CORESET分组标识2的PDCCH对应PDSCH2(或者说CORESET分组标识2的PDCCH用于调度PDSCH2)。那么,终端设备可以单独上报该终端设备对PDSCH的处理方式,如终端设备在解调PDSCH1的时候,是否用到CORESET分组标识2的PDCCH中的调度信息;或者,终端设备在解调PDSCH2的时候,是否用到CORESET分组标识1的PDCCH中的调度信息。For example, suppose that the two groups of CORESET group IDs are marked as CORESET group ID 1, CORESET group ID 2, and the PDCCH of CORESET group ID 1 corresponds to PDSCH1 (or the PDCCH of CORESET group ID 1 is used to schedule PDSCH 1), and the PDCCH of CORESET group ID 2 Corresponding to PDSCH2 (or the PDCCH of CORESET group identifier 2 is used to schedule PDSCH2). Then, the terminal device can separately report the PDSCH processing mode of the terminal device, such as whether the terminal device uses the scheduling information in the PDCCH of the CORESET group ID 2 when demodulating PDSCH1; or, when the terminal device demodulates PDSCH2 , Whether to use the scheduling information in the PDCCH of the CORESET group ID 1.
关联方式2:终端设备上报的能力信息与终端设备针对多个数据的反馈方式关联,也可以理解为,终端设备上报的能力信息可以与终端设备针对多个数据的反馈方式有对应关系,或者,也可以理解为,终端设备上报的能力信息是基于终端设备针对多个数据的反馈方式上报的。Association 2: The capability information reported by the terminal device is associated with the feedback mode of the terminal device for multiple data. It can also be understood that the capability information reported by the terminal device may correspond to the feedback mode of the terminal device for multiple data, or, It can also be understood that the capability information reported by the terminal device is reported based on the feedback mode of the terminal device for multiple data.
该关联方式2可以是协议预先规定的,或者,网络设备预先配置的,对此不做限定。The association mode 2 may be pre-defined by the protocol, or pre-configured by the network device, which is not limited.
本申请实施例对该关联方式2的具体形式不做限定,例如,该关联方式2可以是一个表格的形式。如表4所示。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific form of the association method 2. For example, the association method 2 may be in the form of a table. As shown in Table 4.
N1_值d、N1_值e、N1_值f为整数。N1_value d, N1_value e, and N1_value f are integers.
其中,反馈方式1、反馈方式2、反馈方式3,……,用于表示不同的反馈方式;N1_值d、N1_值e、N1_值f,……,表示各种反馈方式对应的N1。Among them, feedback method 1, feedback method 2, feedback method 3, ... are used to indicate different feedback methods; N1_value d, N1_value e, N1_value f, ..., indicate the corresponding feedback methods N1.
终端设备上报能力信息时,可以基于多个数据的传输信息确定反馈方式,并基于反馈方式进行上报。When a terminal device reports capability information, it may determine a feedback mode based on the transmission information of multiple data, and report based on the feedback mode.
表4Table 4
反馈方式Feedback method N1 N1
反馈方式1Feedback method 1 N1_值dN1_value d
反馈方式2Feedback method 2 N1_值eN1_value e
反馈方式3Feedback method 3 N1_值fN1_value f
……... ……...
应理解,表4中的N1_值d、N1_值e、N1_值f,……,与表3中的N1_值a、N1_值b、N1_值c,……,的N1可以相同也可以不同,或者,表4中的N1_值d、N1_值e、N1_值f,……,与表3中的N1_值a、N1_值b、N1_值c,……,的N1可以关联也可以独立,对此不做限定。It should be understood that N1_value d, N1_value e, N1_value f,... in Table 4 are the same as N1_value a, N1_value b, N1_value c,..., N1 in Table 3 It can be the same or different, or the N1_value d, N1_value e, N1_value f,... in Table 4 are the same as N1_value a, N1_value b, N1_value c in Table 3. ……, N1 can be associated or independent, which is not limited.
还应理解,上述表3和表4仅是示例性说明,本申请并未限定于此。例如,表3中的“处理方式”、表4中的“反馈方式”,可以用其它术语表示。It should also be understood that the foregoing Table 3 and Table 4 are only exemplary descriptions, and the application is not limited thereto. For example, the "processing method" in Table 3 and the "feedback method" in Table 4 can be expressed in other terms.
应理解,上述两种关联方式可以独立使用,也可以联合使用,对此不做限定。下文结合步骤320详细说明。It should be understood that the above two association methods can be used independently or in combination, which is not limited. This is described in detail below in conjunction with step 320.
可选地,终端设备处理多个数据的方式,至少包括以下三种。Optionally, the manner in which the terminal device processes multiple data includes at least the following three.
处理方式1,分别处理; Processing method 1, separate processing;
处理方式2,联合处理; Treatment method 2, joint treatment;
处理方式3,交叉处理。 Processing method 3, cross processing.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,终端设备对数据的处理例如可以包括:对数据进行解调和解码等处理,对此不做限定。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the processing of the data by the terminal device may include, for example, processing such as demodulating and decoding the data, which is not limited.
在下文中将结合相应的步骤详细介绍三种处理方式,此处不再赘述。In the following, the three processing methods will be described in detail in conjunction with the corresponding steps, and will not be repeated here.
也就是说,在多站传输下,终端设备可以通过上述任一处理方式处理接收到的来自多个网络设备(例如多个TRP)的数据。In other words, under multi-station transmission, the terminal device can process the received data from multiple network devices (for example, multiple TRPs) through any of the foregoing processing methods.
下文实施例中,为简洁,将终端设备处理多个数据的方式记为处理方式。In the following embodiments, for brevity, the manner in which the terminal device processes multiple data is recorded as the processing manner.
下文详细描述上述几种处理方式。The above several processing methods are described in detail below.
可选地,终端设备可以通过以下任意一种方式,向网络设备发送针对多个数据的反馈信息。Optionally, the terminal device may send feedback information for multiple pieces of data to the network device in any of the following ways.
反馈方式1:分别反馈。Feedback method 1: separate feedback.
也就是说,终端设备对接收到的多个数据分别反馈,换句话说,各个数据的反馈是相对独立的。In other words, the terminal device separately feeds back multiple received data, in other words, the feedback of each data is relatively independent.
例如,以终端设备接收PDSCH1和PDSCH 2为例。For example, take the terminal device receiving PDSCH1 and PDSCH2 as an example.
对于网络设备,网络设备为终端设备分别分配用于反馈PDSCH 1的资源、用于反馈PDSCH 2的资源。For the network equipment, the network equipment allocates resources for feeding back the PDSCH 1 and resources for feeding back the PDSCH 2 for the terminal devices.
对于终端设备,终端设备接收到PDSCH 1后,基于网络设备分配的用于反馈PDSCH 1的资源进行反馈;终端设备接收到PDSCH 2后,基于网络设备分配的用于反馈PDSCH 2的资源进行反馈。For the terminal device, after receiving the PDSCH 1, the terminal device performs feedback based on the resources allocated by the network device for feeding back the PDSCH 1; after receiving the PDSCH 2, the terminal device performs feedback based on the resources allocated by the network device for feeding back the PDSCH 2.
反馈方式2:联合反馈。Feedback method 2: Joint feedback.
也就是说,终端设备确定所有数据的反馈信息后,反馈该多个数据的反馈信息。That is, after determining the feedback information of all data, the terminal device feeds back the feedback information of the multiple data.
例如,以终端设备接收PDSCH1和PDSCH 2为例。For example, take the terminal device receiving PDSCH1 and PDSCH2 as an example.
对于网络设备,网络设备为终端设备分配用于反馈PDSCH 1的资源和用于反馈For network equipment, the network equipment allocates resources for PDSCH feedback and feedback for terminal equipment
PDSCH 2的资源,并且在分配反馈资源的时候,考虑终端设备接收到一个PDSCH之后还会接收另一个PDSCH。 PDSCH 2 resources, and when allocating feedback resources, consider that the terminal device will receive another PDSCH after receiving one PDSCH.
对于终端设备,终端设备接收到PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2后,确定针对PDSCH 1的反馈信息和针对PDSCH 2的反馈信息,然后再基于网络设备分配的用于反馈PDSCH 1的资源和用于反馈PDSCH 2的资源,将PDSCH 1对应的反馈信息和PDSCH 2的对应的反馈信息一起反馈。反馈信息可以在一个信令中,也可以在两个信令中,对此不做限定。For the terminal device, after receiving the PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2, the terminal device determines the feedback information for PDSCH 1 and the feedback information for PDSCH 2, and then based on the resources allocated by the network device for feedback of PDSCH 1 and for feedback of PDSCH 2 The feedback information corresponding to PDSCH 1 and the corresponding feedback information of PDSCH 2 are fed back together. The feedback information can be in one signaling or two signaling, which is not limited.
反馈方式2,可以表示多个反馈信息可以一起反馈的方式,在这种方式中,多个反馈信息为可以包括上行控制信息,具体可以为HARQ-ACK信息、信道状态信息等。多个反馈信息可以一起反馈,可以意味着多个反馈信息在一个信道(如PUCCH)中反馈。多个反馈信息可以是独立编码,也可以是联合编码的。联合编码表示多个反馈信息一起进行编码。 Feedback mode 2 may indicate a mode in which multiple feedback information can be fed back together. In this mode, multiple feedback information may include uplink control information, specifically, HARQ-ACK information, channel state information, etc. Multiple feedback information can be fed back together, which may mean that multiple feedback information is fed back in one channel (such as PUCCH). Multiple feedback messages can be independently coded or jointly coded. Joint coding means that multiple feedback messages are coded together.
可选地,终端设备还可以上报反馈方式。终端设备上报其支持:联合反馈和/或分别反馈。Optionally, the terminal device can also report the feedback mode. The terminal device reports its support: joint feedback and/or separate feedback.
一示例,用N比特(bit)信息来标识反馈方式,其中每个bit对应一种反馈方式,N为大于1或等于1的整数,如N为2。例如,可以通过每个bit的取值,来表示其是否支持该bit对一个的反馈方式。当某bit取值为特定取值(如1)时,表示支持对应的反馈方式;当某bit取值为其他特定取值(如0),表示不支持对应的反馈方式。如果上报信息为特定值,如全为0,则表示终端设备支持某种默认反馈模式,如在不同的时间单元(如时隙)分别进行反馈。In an example, N bits of information are used to identify the feedback mode, where each bit corresponds to a feedback mode, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, for example, N is 2. For example, the value of each bit can be used to indicate whether it supports the feedback mode of the bit to one. When a bit takes a specific value (such as 1), it means that the corresponding feedback method is supported; when a bit takes a value of other specific values (such as 0), it means that the corresponding feedback method is not supported. If the reported information is a specific value, such as all 0s, it means that the terminal device supports a certain default feedback mode, such as feedback in different time units (such as time slots).
又一示例,反馈信息的一个取值对应了一种或多种反馈方式的组合。假设反馈信息可以取:第一值、第二值、第三值,例如第一值为01,第二值为10,第三值为00。如果反馈信息取第一值,表示终端设备支持反馈方式1;如果反馈信息取第二值,表示终端设备支持反馈方式2;如果反馈信息取第三值,表示终端设备支持反馈方式1和反馈方式2。应理解,关于第一值、第二值、第三值的取值以及对应的反馈方式,仅是一种示例说明,其不对本申请实施例的保护范围造成限定。In another example, a value of the feedback information corresponds to a combination of one or more feedback methods. It is assumed that the feedback information can take: a first value, a second value, and a third value. For example, the first value is 01, the second value is 10, and the third value is 00. If the feedback information takes the first value, it means that the terminal device supports feedback mode 1; if the feedback information takes the second value, it means that the terminal device supports feedback mode 2; if the feedback information takes the third value, it means that the terminal device supports feedback mode 1 and feedback mode. 2. It should be understood that the values of the first value, the second value, and the third value and the corresponding feedback manner are only an example, which does not limit the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
又一示例,终端设备上报其是否支持某一种反馈方式,没有上报的反馈方式表示默认支持的。例如,终端设备上报其不支持反馈方式1,那么可以默认该终端设备支持反馈方式2。In another example, the terminal device reports whether it supports a certain feedback method, and the feedback method not reported indicates that it supports it by default. For example, if the terminal device reports that it does not support feedback mode 1, then the terminal device can default to support feedback mode 2.
下文实施例中,为简洁,将终端设备针对多个数据的反馈方式记为反馈方式。In the following embodiments, for brevity, the feedback mode of the terminal device for multiple data is recorded as the feedback mode.
应理解,上述反馈方式仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。例如,终端设备也可以将部分反馈信息一起反馈。如在多个PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息中,部分HARQ-ACK信息可以一起反馈,剩余其他HARQ-ACK信息与这部分HARQ-ACK信息分别反馈。It should be understood that the foregoing feedback manner is only an exemplary description, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. For example, the terminal device can also feed back part of the feedback information together. For example, in the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to multiple PDSCHs, part of the HARQ-ACK information can be fed back together, and the remaining HARQ-ACK information and this part of HARQ-ACK information are fed back separately.
可选地,在步骤310之前,方法还可以包括:网络设备可以指示终端设备上报针对多个数据的反馈方式。例如,网络设备可以指示终端设备上报是否要进行多个数据的联合反馈。Optionally, before step 310, the method may further include: the network device may instruct the terminal device to report a feedback manner for multiple data. For example, the network device may instruct the terminal device to report whether to perform joint feedback of multiple data.
可选地,在步骤310之前,方法还可以包括:网络设备向终端设备指示上报能力信息。终端设备接收到网络设备的指示后,再上报能力信息,从而可以节省不必要的信令开销。Optionally, before step 310, the method may further include: the network device instructs the terminal device to report capability information. The terminal device reports the capability information after receiving the instructions from the network device, thereby saving unnecessary signaling overhead.
320,终端设备发送能力信息。相应地,网络设备接收该能力信息。320: The terminal device sends capability information. Correspondingly, the network device receives the capability information.
该能力信息用于终端设备的资源的配置,资源用于终端设备对多个PDSCH的反馈,或者,也可以理解为,网络设备基于该能力信息为终端设备配置反馈资源,即为终端设备配置用于对多个PDSCH进行反馈的反馈资源。例如,网络设备接收到该能力信息后,可以基于该能力信息关联的信息,为终端设备确定下行数据处理时间T proc,1The capability information is used for the resource configuration of the terminal device, and the resource is used for the feedback of the terminal device to multiple PDSCHs. Or, it can also be understood that the network device configures the feedback resource for the terminal device based on the capability information, that is, the terminal device configuration It is a feedback resource for feeding back multiple PDSCHs. For example, after the network device receives the capability information, it can determine the downlink data processing time T proc,1 for the terminal device based on the information associated with the capability information.
下面结合三种情况示例性说明。The following is an illustrative description in combination with three cases.
情况1,终端设备发送的能力信息关联终端设备处理多个数据的处理方式(即上述的关联方式1)。 Case 1, the capability information sent by the terminal device is associated with the processing mode of the terminal device to process multiple data (that is, the above-mentioned association mode 1).
在该情况下,网络设备根据接收到的能力信息所关联的处理方式,并结合表3,确定N1的数值,进而再通过上文所述的公式1,为终端设备确定下行数据处理时间T proc,1,表3和公式1的形式和内容仅为示例,本申请不限于此,下文中类似,不再赘述。 In this case, the network device determines the value of N1 according to the processing method associated with the received capability information in combination with Table 3, and then uses the formula 1 described above to determine the downlink data processing time T proc for the terminal device ,1 , the form and content of Table 3 and Formula 1 are only examples, this application is not limited to this, the following are similar, and will not be repeated.
例如,终端设备发送的能力信息关联处理方式1,结合表3,网络设备确定N1的数值为N1_值a,将N1_值a代入上文所述的公式1,网络设备可以为终端设备确定出下行数据处理时间T proc,1For example, the capability information sent by the terminal device is associated with processing method 1, combined with Table 3, the network device determines that the value of N1 is N1_value a, and substituting N1_value a into the above-mentioned formula 1, the network device can determine for the terminal device Outgoing downstream data processing time T proc,1 .
情况2,终端设备发送的能力信息关联终端设备针对多个数据的反馈方式(即上述的关联方式2)。Case 2: The capability information sent by the terminal device is associated with the feedback mode of the terminal device for multiple data (that is, the above-mentioned association mode 2).
在该情况下,网络设备根据接收到的能力信息所关联的反馈方式,并结合表4,确定N1的数值,进而再通过上文所述的公式1,为终端设备确定下行数据处理时间T proc,1,表4和公式1的形式和内容仅为示例,本申请不限于此,下文中类似,不再赘述。 In this case, the network device determines the value of N1 according to the feedback mode associated with the received capability information in combination with Table 4, and then uses the formula 1 described above to determine the downlink data processing time T proc for the terminal device ,1 , the form and content of Table 4 and Formula 1 are only examples, and this application is not limited to this, and it is similar in the following and will not be repeated.
例如,终端设备发送的能力信息关联反馈方式2,结合表4,网络设备确定N1的数值为N1_值e,将N1_值e代入上文所述的公式1,网络设备可以为终端设备确定出下行数据处理时间T proc,1For example, the capability information sent by the terminal device is associated with the feedback method 2, combined with Table 4, the network device determines that the value of N1 is N1_value e, and substituting the N1_value e into the above-mentioned formula 1, the network device can determine for the terminal device Outgoing downstream data processing time T proc,1 .
情况3,终端设备发送的能力信息关联终端设备处理多个数据的处理方式以及终端设备针对多个数据的反馈方式(即上述的关联方式1和关联方式2结合使用)。Case 3: The capability information sent by the terminal device is associated with the processing method of the terminal device to process multiple data and the terminal device's feedback method for multiple data (ie, the above-mentioned association method 1 and association method 2 are used in combination).
在该情况下,网络设备根据接收到的能力信息所关联的处理方式和反馈方式,并结合表3和表4,确定N1的数值,进而再通过上文所述的公式1,为终端设备确定下行数据处理时间T proc,1In this case, the network device determines the value of N1 according to the processing method and feedback method associated with the received capability information, and combines Table 3 and Table 4, and then determines the value of N1 for the terminal device through the formula 1 described above Downstream data processing time T proc,1 .
例如,终端设备发送的能力信息关联处理方式2和反馈方式1,结合表3和表4,网络设备为终端设备确定出两个N1的数值,分别为N1_值b和N1_值d。For example, the capability information sent by the terminal device is associated with processing method 2 and feedback method 1, combined with Tables 3 and 4, the network device determines two values of N1 for the terminal device, namely N1_value b and N1_value d.
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备将N1_值b和N1_值d分别代入上文所述的公式1,可能会得到两个不同的下行数据处理时间T proc,1,网络设备选择两个T proc,1中数值较大的T proc,1作为终端设备的下行数据处理时间。 In a possible implementation, the network device substitutes the N1_value b and N1_value d into the above-mentioned formula 1, and may obtain two different downlink data processing times T proc,1 , and the network device selects two T proc,1 with a larger value in T proc,1 is used as the downlink data processing time of the terminal device.
又一种可能的实现方式,网络设备将N1_值b和N1_值d分别代入上文所述的公式1,可能会得到两个不同的下行数据处理时间T proc,1,网络设备选择两个T proc,1中数值较小的T proc,1作为终端设备的下行数据处理时间。 In another possible implementation manner, the network device substitutes the N1_ value b and N1_ value d into the above-mentioned formula 1, and may obtain two different downlink data processing times T proc,1 , and the network device selects two T proc, 1 with the smaller value of T proc, 1 is used as the downlink data processing time of the terminal device.
又一种可能的实现方式,网络设备选择N1_值b和N1_值d中较大的值作为N1数值,并将该N1数值代入上文所述的公式1,进而网络设备可以为终端设备确定出一个下行数据处理时间T proc,1In another possible implementation manner, the network device selects the larger value of N1_value b and N1_value d as the N1 value, and substitutes the N1 value into the above-mentioned formula 1, and the network device may be a terminal device Determine a downstream data processing time T proc,1 .
又一种可能的实现方式,网络设备选择N1_值b和N1_值d中较小的值作为N1数值, 并将该N1数值代入上文所述的公式1,进而网络设备可以为终端设备确定出一个下行数据处理时间T proc,1In another possible implementation manner, the network device selects the smaller of N1_value b and N1_value d as the N1 value, and substitutes the N1 value into the above-mentioned formula 1, and the network device may be a terminal device Determine a downstream data processing time T proc,1 .
又一种可能的实现方式,网络设备选择N1_值b和N1_值d中任意一个值作为N1数值,并将该N1数值代入上文所述的公式1,进而网络设备可以为终端设备确定出一个下行数据处理时间T proc,1In another possible implementation manner, the network device selects any one of N1_value b and N1_value d as the N1 value, and substitutes the N1 value into the above-mentioned formula 1, and the network device can determine for the terminal device A downstream data processing time T proc,1 is given .
应理解,上文以网络设备基于公式1为终端设备确定下行数据处理时间为例进行示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此,例如,网络设备可以基于其它公式(如公式1的变形公式)为终端设备确定下行数据处理时间。It should be understood that the above example uses the network device to determine the downlink data processing time for the terminal device based on Formula 1 as an example. The embodiment of the application is not limited to this. For example, the network device may be based on other formulas (such as a modification of Formula 1). Formula) determines the downlink data processing time for the terminal equipment.
还应理解,网络设备为终端设备确定下行数据处理时间时,也可以参考其他的参数进行确定,对此不做限定。It should also be understood that when the network device determines the downlink data processing time for the terminal device, it may also refer to other parameters for determination, which is not limited.
可选地,网络设备可以将确定出的下行数据处理时间通知给终端设备。例如,网络设备可以在下行控制信息中携带指示信息,该指示信息指示终端设备从接收PDSCH到进行HARQ反馈的时间。这样,终端设备就知道在接收到PDSCH之后的哪个时间单元进行反馈。Optionally, the network device may notify the terminal device of the determined downlink data processing time. For example, the network equipment may carry indication information in the downlink control information, and the indication information indicates the time from receiving the PDSCH to the HARQ feedback of the terminal equipment. In this way, the terminal device knows which time unit to perform feedback after receiving the PDSCH.
330,网络设备基于能力信息,为终端设备配置资源,该资源用于终端设备对多个数据的反馈。330. The network device configures a resource for the terminal device based on the capability information, and the resource is used for the terminal device to feedback multiple pieces of data.
换句话说,网络设备基于终端设备上报的能力信息,为终端设备确定下行数据处理时间,并为终端设备确定反馈资源,以便终端设备接收到数据后,基于分配的反馈资源进行反馈。In other words, the network device determines the downlink data processing time for the terminal device based on the capability information reported by the terminal device, and determines the feedback resource for the terminal device, so that the terminal device can perform feedback based on the allocated feedback resource after receiving the data.
下文详细描述终端设备处理多个数据的方式。The following describes in detail the way the terminal device processes multiple data.
考虑到终端设备接收多个数据时,例如在多站传输场景下,可能会采取不同的处理方式。故本申请实施例提出,终端设备基于多个数据的传输信息生成能力信息,并上报给网络设备,以便网络设备可以基于该能力信息,为终端设备分配合理的反馈资源。Considering that when a terminal device receives multiple data, for example, in a multi-station transmission scenario, different processing methods may be adopted. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application proposes that the terminal device generates capability information based on the transmission information of multiple data and reports it to the network device so that the network device can allocate reasonable feedback resources to the terminal device based on the capability information.
为便于理解,首先介绍一下PDSCH的时域资源映射的位置。To facilitate understanding, first introduce the location of PDSCH time domain resource mapping.
PDSCH在时域上的映射方式可包括第一映射方式和第二映射方式,其中,第一映射方式可以为NR协议中的映射类型A(mapping type A),第二映射方式可以为NR协议中的映射类型B(mapping type A),映射类型A和映射类型B分别对应不同的资源映射限制。在通常情况下,网络设备可以通过高层信令向终端设备指示PDSCH的映射方式,例如,网络设备可以通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令向终端设备指示PDSCH的映射方式。The mapping mode of PDSCH in the time domain can include a first mapping mode and a second mapping mode. The first mapping mode can be mapping type A (mapping type A) in the NR protocol, and the second mapping mode can be the NR protocol. Mapping type B (mapping type A), mapping type A and mapping type B respectively correspond to different resource mapping restrictions. Under normal circumstances, the network device can indicate the PDSCH mapping manner to the terminal device through high-level signaling. For example, the network device may indicate the PDSCH mapping manner to the terminal device through radio resource control (RRC) signaling.
以PDSCH映射类型为映射类型A为例,将PDSCH的结束符号(即最后一个符号)记为i,当i<7时,d 1,1=7–i,否则d 1,1=0。也就是说,PDSCH的结束符号不同,d 1,1也可能会不一样。由上述公式1可知,d 1,1不同,终端设备的下行数据处理时间T proc,1也可能会不同。 Taking the PDSCH mapping type as the mapping type A as an example, the end symbol (that is, the last symbol) of the PDSCH is marked as i, when i<7, d 1,1 = 7-i, otherwise d 1, 1 = 0. In other words, the end symbols of PDSCH are different, d 1,1 may also be different. It can be seen from the above formula 1 that if d 1,1 are different, the downlink data processing time T proc,1 of the terminal device may also be different.
例如,如图4所示,PDSCH映射类型为映射类型A,图4列出的(1)-(6)种情况中,PDSCH的结束符号均不同。图4中的(1)-(3)中,i<7,故d 1,1=7–i;图4中的(4)-(6)中,i>7,故d 1,1=0。 For example, as shown in FIG. 4, the PDSCH mapping type is mapping type A. In the cases (1)-(6) listed in FIG. 4, the end symbols of the PDSCH are all different. In (1)-(3) in Fig. 4, i<7, so d 1,1 = 7-i; in (4)-(6) in Fig. 4, i>7, so d 1,1 = 0.
在多站传输的场景下,终端设备可能被多个网络设备调度,多个网络设备之间的调度可以是有一定的联系,也可以是独立的。例如,被调度的PDSCH可能图4中(1)-(6) 中的任意一个或者多个。此外,在一个时间单元内,终端设备在一个时间单元内收到的多个PDSCH的时域资源映射的位置可能会不同。In the scenario of multi-station transmission, the terminal device may be scheduled by multiple network devices, and the scheduling between multiple network devices may be related to a certain degree, or may be independent. For example, the scheduled PDSCH may be any one or more of (1)-(6) in FIG. 4. In addition, within a time unit, the location of the time domain resource mapping of multiple PDSCHs received by the terminal device in a time unit may be different.
因此,基于多个PDSCH的时域资源映射的位置不同,终端设备可能会有不同的处理方式。Therefore, based on the different locations of the time domain resource mapping of multiple PDSCHs, the terminal equipment may have different processing methods.
下面以两个网络设备(例如两个TRP)向终端设备发送数据为例说明终端设备处理多个数据的方式。In the following, two network devices (for example, two TRPs) sending data to a terminal device are taken as an example to illustrate how the terminal device processes multiple data.
为区分,将两个网络设备分别记为网络设备1、网络设备2,并将来自网络设备1的PDSCH记为PDSCH 1、将来自网络设备2的PDSCH记为PDSCH 2。In order to distinguish, the two network devices are marked as network device 1 and network device 2, respectively, and the PDSCH from network device 1 is recorded as PDSCH 1, and the PDSCH from network device 2 is recorded as PDSCH 2.
处理方式1,分别处理。 Processing method 1, separate processing.
也就是说,终端设备将分别处理PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2,如终端设备各自处理PDSCH1和PDSCH 2,且2个PDSCH处理出来的信息不做交互,例如可以完全是独立的解码。In other words, the terminal device will process PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 separately, for example, the terminal device processes PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 separately, and the information processed by the two PDSCHs is not exchanged, for example, it can be completely decoded independently.
当终端设备采用处理方式1时,对于PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2,反馈资源的分配满足各个PDSCH的处理时间即可。也就是说,在该处理方式下,网络设备可以为终端设备分别分配用于反馈PDSCH 1的资源、用于反馈PDSCH 2的资源。When the terminal device adopts processing method 1, for PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2, the allocation of feedback resources only needs to satisfy the processing time of each PDSCH. That is to say, in this processing manner, the network device can allocate resources for feeding back the PDSCH 1 and resources for feeding back the PDSCH 2 to the terminal device respectively.
当终端设备采用处理方式1时,可以采用分别反馈的反馈方式(即反馈方式1)。When the terminal device adopts the processing method 1, the feedback method of separate feedback (that is, the feedback method 1) can be adopted.
如图5所示。图5示出了终端设备接收PDSCH(PDSCH 1或PDSCH 2)以及反馈HARQ的情况。As shown in Figure 5. Figure 5 shows a situation where the terminal device receives the PDSCH (PDSCH 1 or PDSCH 2) and feeds back HARQ.
可选地,终端设备在上报能力信息时,可以分别上报下行处理(即处理PDSCH)对应的能力信息和上行处理(反馈HARQ的上行信道处理)对应的能力信息。Optionally, when the terminal device reports the capability information, it may separately report the capability information corresponding to downlink processing (that is, processing PDSCH) and the capability information corresponding to uplink processing (feedback HARQ uplink channel processing).
也就是说,网络设备为终端设备确定下行数据处理时间时,会考虑终端设备的处理时间,例如包括PDSCH的处理时间和反馈HARQ的上行信道处理时间。为区分,将PDSCH的处理时间记为N DL,将反馈HARQ的上行信道处理时间记为N ULIn other words, when the network device determines the downlink data processing time for the terminal device, it will consider the processing time of the terminal device, for example, including the processing time of the PDSCH and the processing time of the uplink channel of the HARQ feedback. To distinguish, the processing time of PDSCH is recorded as N DL , and the processing time of uplink channel of feedback HARQ is recorded as N UL .
在图5中,网络设备可以根据下面的公式2为终端设备确定用于反馈PDSCH的下行数据处理时间T proc,1In FIG. 5, the network device may determine the downlink data processing time T proc,1 for the terminal device to feed back the PDSCH according to the following formula 2.
T proc,1=(N DL+N UL+d 1,1)(2048+144)*k*2 *Tc。       公式2 T proc,1 =(N DL +N UL +d 1,1 )(2048+144)*k*2 *Tc. Formula 2
终端设备可以基于下行数据处理时间T proc,1,向网络设备反馈HARQ。 The terminal device may feed back HARQ to the network device based on the downlink data processing time T proc,1 .
应理解,图5仅是示例性说明,本申请并未限定于此,例如,网络设备也可以采用现有的方式为终端设备分配用于反馈PDSCH的资源。It should be understood that FIG. 5 is only an exemplary illustration, and the present application is not limited thereto. For example, a network device may also use an existing method to allocate resources for feeding back PDSCH to a terminal device.
处理方式2,联合处理。 Treatment method 2, joint treatment.
也就是说,终端设备等PDSCH 1、PDSCH 2都完全接收之后,再做联合处理(例如联合编码等),如可以互相利用另一个PDSCH的信息,比如做干扰消除。That is to say, after the terminal equipment and other PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 are completely received, joint processing (such as joint coding, etc.) is performed, such as mutual use of the information of another PDSCH, such as interference cancellation.
联合处理,可以表示当终端设备被配置了两组PDCCH的配置参数,如终端设备被配置了两组控制资源组(CORESET)(即该两组CORESET分组标识不同)的时候,终端设备在解调一个PDSCH的时候用到其他PDCCH(非调度这个PDSCH的PDCCH)中的信息。例如,假设两组PDCCH的配置参数分别记作PDCCH的配置参数1、PDCCH的配置参数2,PDCCH的配置参数1对应PDSCH1、PDCCH的配置参数2对应PDSCH2。如果终端设备联合处理,那么表示终端设备在解调PDSCH1的时候,可以用到PDCCH的配置参数2中的信息;或者,终端设备在解调PDSCH2的时候,可以用到PDCCH的配置参数1中的信息。Joint processing can mean that when the terminal device is configured with two sets of PDCCH configuration parameters, for example, the terminal device is configured with two sets of control resource groups (CORESET) (that is, the two sets of CORESET group IDs are different), the terminal device is demodulating When a PDSCH uses the information in other PDCCHs (the PDCCH that does not schedule this PDSCH). For example, suppose that the configuration parameters of the two sets of PDCCH are respectively denoted as PDCCH configuration parameter 1 and PDCCH configuration parameter 2, PDCCH configuration parameter 1 corresponds to PDSCH1 and PDCCH configuration parameter 2 corresponds to PDSCH2. If the terminal device performs joint processing, it means that the terminal device can use the information in PDCCH configuration parameter 2 when demodulating PDSCH1; or, when the terminal device is demodulating PDSCH2, it can use the information in PDCCH configuration parameter 1. information.
或者,联合处理,可以终端设备在解调对应了某个CORESET分组标识的PDCCH所调度的PDSCH的时候,用到其他CORESET分组标识的PDCCH中的调度信息。其中,调度信息例如可以包括但不限于:被调度PDSCH所使用的DMRS端口标识,DMRS的速率匹配RE(如PDSCH需要速率匹配的CDM组个数)、被调度PDSCH所占据的时域符号长度、被调度PDSCH的起始符号位置、被调度PDSCH的结束符号位置、ZP CSI-RS的指示信息、速率匹配资源指示、HARQ进程指示等。例如,假设两组CORESET分组标识分别记作CORESET分组标识1、CORESET分组标识2,CORESET分组标识1的PDCCH对应PDSCH1(或者说CORESET分组标识1的PDCCH用于调度PDSCH1)、CORESET分组标识2的PDCCH对应PDSCH2(或者说CORESET分组标识2的PDCCH用于调度PDSCH2)。如果终端设备联合处理,那么表示终端设备在解调PDSCH1的时候,可以用到CORESET分组标识2的PDCCH中的调度信息;或者,终端设备在解调PDSCH2的时候,可以用到CORESET分组标识1的PDCCH中的调度信息。Or, for joint processing, when the terminal device demodulates the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH corresponding to a certain CORESET group identifier, the scheduling information in the PDCCH identified by the other CORESET group may be used. Wherein, the scheduling information may include, but is not limited to: the DMRS port identifier used by the scheduled PDSCH, the rate matching RE of the DMRS (for example, the number of CDM groups that the PDSCH needs to rate matching), the length of time domain symbols occupied by the scheduled PDSCH, The start symbol position of the scheduled PDSCH, the end symbol position of the scheduled PDSCH, ZP CSI-RS indication information, rate matching resource indication, HARQ process indication, etc. For example, suppose that the two groups of CORESET group IDs are marked as CORESET group ID 1, CORESET group ID 2, and the PDCCH of CORESET group ID 1 corresponds to PDSCH1 (or the PDCCH of CORESET group ID 1 is used to schedule PDSCH 1), and the PDCCH of CORESET group ID 2 Corresponding to PDSCH2 (or the PDCCH with CORESET group identifier 2 is used to schedule PDSCH2). If the terminal device performs joint processing, it means that the terminal device can use the scheduling information in the PDCCH of the CORESET group ID 2 when demodulating PDSCH1; or, when the terminal device is demodulating PDSCH2, it can use the CORESET group ID 1 Scheduling information in PDCCH.
当终端设备采用处理方式2时,存在PDSCH在处理阶段的交互,反馈资源的分配需要考虑各个PDSCH在处理阶段的交互时间。也就是说,在该处理方式下,网络设备基于终端设备接收到一个PDSCH之后还会接收另一个PDSCH,为终端设备分配反馈资源。When the terminal device adopts processing method 2, there is PDSCH interaction in the processing phase, and the allocation of feedback resources needs to consider the interaction time of each PDSCH in the processing phase. That is to say, in this processing mode, the network device will receive another PDSCH based on the terminal device receiving one PDSCH and allocate feedback resources to the terminal device.
当终端设备采用处理方式2时,可以采用联合反馈的反馈方式。When the terminal device adopts processing method 2, the feedback method of joint feedback can be adopted.
如图6所示。假设终端设备先接收PDSCH 1。As shown in Figure 6. Assume that the terminal device receives PDSCH 1 first.
网络设备为终端设备确定下行数据处理时间时,会考虑PDSCH的处理时间N DL、反馈HARQ的上行信道处理时间N UL、以及终端设备接收到PDSCH 1后还会等待接收PDSCH 2的等待时间ΔS。 When the network device determines the downlink data processing time for the terminal device, it will consider the PDSCH processing time N DL , the HARQ uplink channel processing time N UL , and the waiting time ΔS for the terminal device to wait to receive PDSCH 2 after receiving PDSCH 1.
在图6中,网络设备可以根据下面的公式3为终端设备确定用于反馈PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的下行数据处理时间T proc,1In FIG. 6, the network device can determine the downlink data processing time T proc,1 for feeding back the PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 for the terminal device according to the following formula 3.
T proc,1=(ΔS+N DL+N UL+d 1,1)(2048+144)*k*2 *Tc。      公式3 T proc,1 =(ΔS+N DL +N UL +d 1,1 )(2048+144)*k*2- μ *Tc. Formula 3
其中,N DL包括终端设备处理PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的时间,N UL包括终端设备反馈HARQ 1(即针对PDSCH 1的反馈)和HARQ 2(即针对PDSCH 2的反馈)的上行信道处理时间。 Among them, N DL includes the time for the terminal device to process PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2, and N UL includes the uplink channel processing time for the terminal device to feedback HARQ 1 (that is, feedback for PDSCH 1) and HARQ 2 (that is, feedback for PDSCH 2).
终端设备可以基于下行数据处理时间T proc,1,向网络设备1反馈HARQ 1,向网络设备2反馈HARQ 2。 The terminal device may feed back HARQ 1 to network device 1 and HARQ 2 to network device 2 based on the downlink data processing time T proc,1 .
处理方式3,交叉处理。 Processing method 3, cross processing.
也就是说,终端设备优先处理先接收成功的PDSCH的信息,对于后接收成功的PDSCH,在处理的时候可以使用先接收成功的PDSCH的处理信息(例如解码信息等)。That is to say, the terminal device preferentially processes the information of the PDSCH that is successfully received first, and for the PDSCH that is successfully received later, the processing information (for example, decoding information, etc.) of the PDSCH that is successfully received first may be used in processing.
应理解,交叉处理仅是为区分做的命名,并不对本申请实施例的保护范围造成限定。It should be understood that the cross processing is only a naming for distinction, and does not limit the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
当终端设备采用处理方式3时,存在PDSCH在处理阶段的交互,反馈资源的分配需要考虑各个PDSCH在处理阶段的交互时间。也就是说,在该处理方式下,网络设备基于终端设备处理PDSCH的交互时间,为终端设备分配反馈资源。When the terminal device adopts the processing method 3, there is PDSCH interaction in the processing phase, and the allocation of feedback resources needs to consider the interaction time of each PDSCH in the processing phase. That is to say, in this processing mode, the network device allocates feedback resources to the terminal device based on the interaction time of the terminal device to process the PDSCH.
当终端设备采用处理方式3时,可以采用分别反馈的反馈方式(如图5所示的示例图),也可以采用联合反馈的反馈方式(如图6所示的示例图)。When the terminal device adopts processing method 3, the feedback method of separate feedback (as shown in the example diagram in FIG. 5) may be used, or the feedback method of joint feedback (as shown in the example diagram in FIG. 6) may be used.
应理解,上述几种处理方式仅是示例性说明,本申请并未限定于此。It should be understood that the foregoing several processing methods are only exemplary descriptions, and the application is not limited thereto.
下面详细介绍步骤310中的多个数据的传输信息,以及终端设备基于该多个数据的传 输信息生成能力信息。The following describes in detail the transmission information of the multiple data in step 310, and the terminal device generating capability information based on the transmission information of the multiple data.
终端设备生成能力信息时,可以考虑多个数据的传输信息。或者,也可以理解为,终端设备可以基于多个数据的传输信息确定处理多个数据的处理方式,并基于多个数据的处理方式上报能力信息。或者,也可以理解为,终端设备可以基于多个数据的传输信息确定针对多个数据的反馈方式,并基于多个数据的反馈方式上报能力信息。When the terminal device generates capability information, it can consider multiple data transmission information. Alternatively, it can also be understood that the terminal device may determine a processing method for processing multiple data based on the transmission information of the multiple data, and report capability information based on the processing method for the multiple data. Alternatively, it can also be understood that the terminal device may determine a feedback manner for multiple data based on the transmission information of the multiple data, and report the capability information based on the multiple data feedback manner.
下面以数据为PDSCH,结合图4示例性说明。假设图4中的一个格子可以代表一个时域符号,14个格子是一个slot,填充的格子表示PDSCH占据的时域单元。In the following, the data is taken as the PDSCH, which is illustrated in conjunction with FIG. 4. Assuming that one grid in Figure 4 can represent a time domain symbol, 14 grids are a slot, and the filled grid represents the time domain unit occupied by the PDSCH.
方案1,基于每个数据的传输时间,终端设备生成能力信息。Solution 1: Based on the transmission time of each data, the terminal device generates capability information.
也可以理解为,终端设备基于每个数据的传输时间确定处理数据的处理方式。It can also be understood that the terminal device determines the processing mode for processing the data based on the transmission time of each data.
每个数据的传输时间,用于表示每个数据的传输时间长度。The transmission time of each data is used to indicate the length of transmission time of each data.
例如,假设PDSCH的时域资源的分配是图4中的(1)的情况,则说明该PDSCH的传输时间长度为5个符号长度。又如,假设PDSCH的时域资源的分配是图4中的(4)的情况,则说明该PDSCH的传输时间长度为9个符号长度。For example, assuming that the time domain resource allocation of the PDSCH is the case of (1) in FIG. 4, it is explained that the transmission time length of the PDSCH is 5 symbols in length. For another example, assuming that the time domain resource allocation of the PDSCH is the case of (4) in FIG. 4, it is explained that the transmission time length of the PDSCH is 9 symbols in length.
示例性地,例如,假设PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的传输时间长度均很短,则终端设备可以确定处理数据的处理方式为上述处理方式2或上述处理方式3;又如,假设PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的传输时间长度均很长,则终端设备可以确定处理数据的处理方式为上述处理方式1。Illustratively, for example, assuming that the transmission time lengths of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 are both very short, the terminal device may determine that the processing method of processing data is the above processing method 2 or the above processing method 3; for another example, suppose PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 If the transmission time length is very long, the terminal device can determine that the processing method for processing the data is the above processing method 1.
应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请对终端设备基于方案1如何选择处理方式不做限定。It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and this application does not limit how the terminal device selects a processing mode based on Solution 1.
还应理解,终端设备也可以基于方案1选择反馈方式。It should also be understood that the terminal device may also select a feedback mode based on scheme 1.
方案2,基于多个数据的重叠时间,终端设备生成能力信息。Solution 2: Based on the overlapping time of multiple data, the terminal device generates capability information.
也可以理解为,终端设备基于多个数据的重叠时间确定处理数据的处理方式。It can also be understood that the terminal device determines the processing mode for processing the data based on the overlapping time of multiple data.
多个数据的重叠时间,用于表示多个数据时域资源重复的时间长度。The overlapping time of multiple data is used to indicate the length of time that multiple data time domain resources repeat.
例如,假设PDSCH 1的时域资源的分配是图4中的(1)的情况,PDSCH 2的时域资源的分配是图4中的(6)的情况,则说明该PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的重叠时间为5个符号长度。又如,假设PDSCH 1的时域资源的分配是图4中的(1)的情况,PDSCH 2的时域资源的分配是图4中的(2)的情况,则说明该PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的重叠时间为4个符号长度。For example, assuming that the time domain resource allocation of PDSCH 1 is the case of (1) in Fig. 4, and the time domain resource allocation of PDSCH 2 is the case of (6) in Fig. 4, it is explained that the PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 The overlap time is 5 symbols in length. For another example, assuming that the time domain resource allocation of PDSCH 1 is the case of (1) in Figure 4, and the time domain resource allocation of PDSCH 2 is the case of (2) in Figure 4, then the PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 are explained. The overlap time is 4 symbols in length.
示例性地,例如,假设PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的重叠时间很长,则终端设备可以确定处理数据的处理方式为上述处理方式2或上述处理方式3;又如,假设PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的传输时间长度很短,则终端设备可以确定处理数据的处理方式为上述处理方式1。Illustratively, for example, assuming that the overlap time of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 is very long, the terminal device may determine that the processing method of processing data is the above processing method 2 or the above processing method 3; for another example, suppose the transmission of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 If the length of time is short, the terminal device can determine that the processing method for processing the data is processing method 1 above.
示例性地,该方案也可以与方案1联合使用。例如,假设PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的重叠时间很长,且PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的传输时间长度均很短,则终端设备可以等PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2都接收成功后,联合处理。Illustratively, this scheme can also be used in combination with scheme 1. For example, assuming that the overlap time of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 is very long, and the transmission time lengths of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 are both very short, the terminal device can wait for both PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 to be successfully received before performing joint processing.
应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请对终端设备基于方案2,或者,终端设备基于方案1和方案2,如何选择处理方式不做限定。It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and this application does not limit how the terminal device is based on solution 2 or the terminal device is based on solution 1 and solution 2. How to select a processing mode is not limited.
还应理解,终端设备也可以基于方案2,或者,终端设备基于方案1和方案2,选择反馈方式。It should also be understood that the terminal device may also be based on the scheme 2, or the terminal device may select the feedback mode based on the scheme 1 and scheme 2.
方案3,基于起始时刻之间的间隔,终端设备生成能力信息。 Scheme 3, based on the interval between the starting moments, the terminal device generates capability information.
也可以理解为,终端设备基于起始时刻之间的间隔确定处理数据的处理方式。It can also be understood that the terminal device determines the processing mode of processing data based on the interval between the starting moments.
起始时刻之间的间隔,用于表示每个数据的传输资源在时域上的起始位置之间的时间间隔。The interval between starting moments is used to indicate the time interval between the starting positions of each data transmission resource in the time domain.
例如,假设PDSCH 1的时域资源的分配是图4中的(1)的情况,PDSCH 2的时域资源的分配是图4中的(6)的情况,则说明该PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的起始时刻之间的间隔为0个符号长度。For example, assuming that the time domain resource allocation of PDSCH 1 is the case of (1) in Fig. 4, and the time domain resource allocation of PDSCH 2 is the case of (6) in Fig. 4, it is explained that the PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 The interval between the starting moments is 0 symbol length.
示例性地,例如,假设PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的起始时刻之间的间隔很短,则终端设备可以确定处理数据的处理方式为上述处理方式2和处理方式3的任意一种;又如,假设PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的起始时刻之间的间隔很长,则终端设备可以确定处理数据的处理方式为上述处理方式1。Illustratively, for example, assuming that the interval between the start time of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 is very short, the terminal device may determine that the processing method of processing data is any one of the foregoing processing method 2 and processing method 3; for another example, Assuming that the interval between the start time of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 is very long, the terminal device can determine that the processing method for processing data is the above processing method 1.
示例性地,该方案也可以与方案1联合使用。例如,假设PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的起始时刻之间的间隔很短,且PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的传输时间长度均很短,则终端设备可以等PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2都接收成功后联合处理,即上述处理方式2。Illustratively, this scheme can also be used in combination with scheme 1. For example, assuming that the interval between the start time of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 is very short, and the transmission time lengths of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 are both very short, the terminal device can wait for both PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 to be successfully received before joint processing. That is, the above processing method 2.
示例性地,该方案也可以与方案2联合使用。例如,假设PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的起始时刻之间的间隔很短,且PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的重叠时间很长,则终端设备可以等PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2都接收成功后联合处理,即上述处理方式2。Illustratively, this scheme can also be used in combination with scheme 2. For example, assuming that the interval between the start time of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 is very short, and the overlap time of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 is very long, the terminal device can wait for both PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 to be successfully received and then perform joint processing. Treatment method 2.
应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请对终端设备基于方案3,或者,终端设备基于上述三种方案中的一种或多种方案,如何选择处理方式不做限定。It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and this application does not limit how the terminal device is based on solution 3, or the terminal device is based on one or more of the above three solutions.
还应理解,终端设备也可以基于方案3,或者,终端设备基于上述三种方案中的一种或多种方案,选择反馈方式。It should also be understood that the terminal device may also be based on solution 3, or the terminal device may select a feedback mode based on one or more of the above three solutions.
方案4,基于结束时刻之间的间隔,终端设备生成能力信息。 Solution 4, based on the interval between the end moments, the terminal device generates capability information.
也可以理解为,终端设备基于结束时刻之间的间隔确定处理数据的处理方式。It can also be understood that the terminal device determines the processing mode for processing the data based on the interval between the end moments.
结束时刻之间的间隔,用于表示每个数据的传输资源在时域上的结束位置之间的时间间隔。The interval between end moments is used to indicate the time interval between the end positions of each data transmission resource in the time domain.
例如,假设PDSCH 1的时域资源的分配是图4中的(1)的情况,PDSCH 2的时域资源的分配是图4中的(6)的情况,则说明该PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的结束时刻之间的间隔为6个符号长度。又如,假设PDSCH 1的时域资源的分配是图4中的(1)的情况,PDSCH 2的时域资源的分配是图4中的(2)的情况,则说明该PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的结束时刻之间的间隔为1个符号长度。For example, assuming that the time domain resource allocation of PDSCH 1 is the case of (1) in Fig. 4, and the time domain resource allocation of PDSCH 2 is the case of (6) in Fig. 4, it is explained that the PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 The interval between end moments is 6 symbols long. For another example, assuming that the time domain resource allocation of PDSCH 1 is the case of (1) in Figure 4, and the time domain resource allocation of PDSCH 2 is the case of (2) in Figure 4, then the PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 are explained. The interval between the end moments of is 1 symbol length.
示例性地,例如,假设PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的结束时刻之间的间隔很短,则终端设备可以确定处理数据的处理方式为上述处理方式2和处理方式3的任意一种;又如,假设PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的结束时刻之间的间隔很长,则终端设备可以确定处理数据的处理方式为上述处理方式1。Illustratively, for example, assuming that the interval between the end time of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 is very short, the terminal device can determine that the processing method of processing data is any one of the foregoing processing method 2 and processing method 3; for another example, suppose The interval between the ending moments of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 is very long, and the terminal device may determine that the processing method for processing data is the foregoing processing method 1.
示例性地,该方案也可以与方案1联合使用。例如,假设PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的结束时刻之间的间隔很短,且PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的传输时间长度均很短,则终端设备可以等PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2都接收成功后联合处理,即上述处理方式2。Illustratively, this scheme can also be used in combination with scheme 1. For example, assuming that the interval between the end moments of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 is very short, and the transmission time lengths of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 are both very short, the terminal device can wait for both PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 to be successfully received and then perform joint processing, namely The above processing method 2.
示例性地,该方案也可以与方案2联合使用。例如,假设PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的结束时刻之间的间隔很短,且PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2的重叠时间很长,则终端设备可以等PDSCH 1和PDSCH 2都接收成功后联合处理,即上述处理方式2。Illustratively, this scheme can also be used in combination with scheme 2. For example, assuming that the interval between the end moments of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 is very short, and the overlap time of PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 is very long, the terminal device can wait for both PDSCH 1 and PDSCH 2 to be successfully received and then perform joint processing, that is, the above processing Way 2.
应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请对终端设备基于方案4,或者,终端设备基于上述四种方案中的一种或多种方案,如何选择处理方式不做限定。It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and this application does not limit how the terminal device is based on solution 4, or the terminal device is based on one or more of the above four solutions.
还应理解,终端设备也可以基于方案4,或者,终端设备基于上述四种方案中的一种或多种方案,选择反馈方式。It should also be understood that the terminal device may also select the feedback mode based on solution 4, or the terminal device may select the feedback mode based on one or more of the above four solutions.
方案5,基于结束时刻和起始时刻,终端设备生成能力信息。Scheme 5, based on the end time and the start time, the terminal device generates capability information.
也可以理解为,终端设备基于结束时刻和起始时刻确定处理数据的处理方式。It can also be understood that the terminal device determines the processing mode of processing data based on the end time and the start time.
假设终端设备先接收PDSCH 1,后接收PDSCH 2。结束时刻和起始时刻,可以用于表示终端设备接收到PDSCH 1后,多长时间接收到PDSCH 2。It is assumed that the terminal device receives PDSCH 1 first, and then receives PDSCH 2. The end time and the start time can be used to indicate how long the terminal device receives the PDSCH 2 after receiving the PDSCH 1.
示例性地,例如,假设终端设备接收到PDSCH 1后,很短的时间(例如1个符号)就会接收到PDSCH 2,则终端设备可以确定处理数据的处理方式为上述处理方式2和处理方式3的任意一种;又如,假设终端设备接收到PDSCH 1后,较长的时间(例如8个符号)就会接收到PDSCH 2,则终端设备可以确定处理数据的处理方式为上述处理方式1。Illustratively, for example, assuming that the terminal device receives PDSCH 1 in a short time (for example, 1 symbol) after receiving PDSCH 1, the terminal device may determine that the processing method of processing data is the above processing method 2 and processing method Any one of 3; for another example, if the terminal device receives the PDSCH 1, it takes a long time (for example, 8 symbols) to receive the PDSCH 2, then the terminal device can determine that the data processing method is the above processing method 1. .
示例性地,该方案也可以与:上述四种方案中的一种或多种方案联合使用。Exemplarily, this solution can also be used in combination with one or more of the above four solutions.
应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请对终端设备基于方案5,或者,终端设备基于上述五种方案中的一种或多种方案,如何选择处理方式不做限定。It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and this application does not limit how the terminal device is based on solution 5, or the terminal device is based on one or more of the above five solutions.
还应理解,终端设备也可以基于方案5,或者,终端设备基于上述五种方案中的一种或多种方案,选择反馈方式。It should also be understood that the terminal device may also be based on solution 5, or the terminal device may select a feedback mode based on one or more of the above five solutions.
方案6,基于发送接收点TRP的定时偏差,终端设备生成能力信息。 Scheme 6, based on the timing deviation of the TRP at the sending and receiving point, the terminal device generates capability information.
也可以理解为,终端设备基于TRP的定时偏差确定处理数据的处理方式。It can also be understood that the terminal device determines the processing mode of processing data based on the timing deviation of the TRP.
发送接收点TRP的定时偏差,可以用于表示TRP发出下行数据时的时间偏差,或同步偏差。The timing deviation of the TRP at the sending and receiving point can be used to indicate the time deviation or synchronization deviation when the TRP sends downlink data.
示例性地,例如,假设TRP的定时偏差很小,则终端设备可以确定处理数据的处理方式为上述处理方式2或上述处理方式3;又如,假设TRP的定时偏差很大,则终端设备可以确定处理数据的处理方式为上述处理方式1。Illustratively, for example, assuming that the timing deviation of the TRP is small, the terminal device can determine that the processing method of processing data is the above processing method 2 or the above processing method 3; for another example, assuming that the TRP timing deviation is large, the terminal device can Determine the processing method for processing the data as the above processing method 1.
示例性地,该方案也可以与:上述五种方案中的一种或多种方案联合使用。Exemplarily, this solution can also be used in combination with one or more of the above five solutions.
应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请对终端设备基于方案6,或者,终端设备基于上述六种方案中的一种或多种方案,如何选择处理方式不做限定。It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and this application does not limit how the terminal device is based on solution 6 or the terminal device is based on one or more of the above six solutions.
还应理解,终端设备也可以基于方案6,或者,终端设备基于上述六种方案中的一种或多种方案,选择反馈方式。It should also be understood that the terminal device may also be based on solution 6, or the terminal device may select a feedback mode based on one or more of the above six solutions.
还应理解,上述示例性地列举了六种方案,本申请并未限定于此。例如,上述六种方案可以单独使用,也可以联合使用。又如,终端设备也可以根据起始时刻或结束时刻确定处理数据的处理方式。It should also be understood that the above exemplarily lists six solutions, and the application is not limited thereto. For example, the above six schemes can be used alone or in combination. For another example, the terminal device may also determine the processing method of processing data according to the start time or the end time.
可选地,终端设备获取该多个数据的传输信息的方式有很多。Optionally, there are many ways for the terminal device to obtain the transmission information of the multiple data.
一种可能的实现方式,终端设备从网络设备获取该多个数据的传输信息。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device obtains the transmission information of the multiple data from the network device.
网络设备可以通过一个单独信令,通知终端设备该多个数据的传输信息。或者,网络设备可以在请求终端设备的处理时间能力时,向终端设备指示该多个数据的传输信息。The network device can notify the terminal device of the transmission information of the multiple data through a single signaling. Alternatively, the network device may indicate the transmission information of the multiple data to the terminal device when requesting the processing time capability of the terminal device.
又一种可能的实现方式,该传输信息是预设的。In another possible implementation manner, the transmission information is preset.
例如,终端设备默认在PDSCH的结束符号后,可能在0~N个符号的时间段内会有另一个PDSCH结束。以此作为前提来进行PDSCH处理时间的上报。其中,N为大于0的 整数。For example, the terminal device defaults to the end symbol of the PDSCH, and another PDSCH may end within a time period of 0 to N symbols. Use this as a premise to report the PDSCH processing time. Among them, N is an integer greater than zero.
上述详细介绍了步骤310中提及的设计1的方案,下面简单介绍设计2。The foregoing details the solution of design 1 mentioned in step 310, and the following briefly introduces design 2.
设计2,能力信息为终端设备在单站传输下的能力信息。 Design 2. Capability information is the capability information of terminal equipment under single-site transmission.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备也可以按照单站传输进行上报。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also report according to single station transmission.
在该设计下,考虑两种场景。Under this design, two scenarios are considered.
场景1,网络设备调度了一个数据。Scenario 1: The network device schedules a piece of data.
在该场景下,网络设备可以根据公式1为终端设备确定下行数据处理时间T proc,1In this scenario, the network device can determine the downlink data processing time T proc,1 for the terminal device according to Formula 1 .
场景2,网络设备调度了多个数据。Scenario 2: The network device schedules multiple data.
在该场景下,网络设备可以先对原来的能力信息所对应的值(如通过表1或表2确定的N1对应的值)进行处理,再为终端设备确定下行数据处理时间T proc,1In this scenario, the network device may first process the value corresponding to the original capability information (for example, the value corresponding to N1 determined by Table 1 or Table 2), and then determine the downlink data processing time T proc,1 for the terminal device.
其中,原来的能力信息,可以理解为,终端设备上报能力信息后,网络设备根据终端设备上报的能力信息,根据如上述表1或表2确定的N1所对应的值。Among them, the original capability information can be understood as that after the terminal device reports the capability information, the network device according to the capability information reported by the terminal device according to the value corresponding to N1 as determined in Table 1 or Table 2.
可选地,网络设备可以在原来的N1后面加一个偏移值,该偏移值可以是预先定义的。Optionally, the network device may add an offset value after the original N1, and the offset value may be predefined.
例如,网络设备可以根据公式4为终端设备计算下行数据处理时间T proc,1For example, the network device may calculate the downlink data processing time T proc,1 for the terminal device according to formula 4.
T proc,1=(N1+Δ+d 1,1)(2048+144)*k2 *Tc    公式4 T proc,1 = (N1+Δ+d 1,1 )(2048+144)*k2 *Tc formula 4
其中,Δ表示一个和多数据传输相关的值(如偏移值);Among them, Δ represents a value related to multiple data transmission (such as an offset value);
能力信息对应的值N1可以通上述表1或表2确定。The value N1 corresponding to the capability information can be determined through Table 1 or Table 2 above.
应理解,在设计2的方案中,网络设备可以根据基于多个数据的传输信息确定Δ,例如网络设备可以根据以下一项或多项信息确定Δ:每个数据的传输时间、多个数据的重叠时间、起始时刻、起始时刻之间的间隔、结束时刻、结束时刻之间的间隔、发送接收点TRP的定时偏差、多个数据的配置参数、DMRD的配置参数、或PDCCH的配置参数等。具体的可以参考上述实施例,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that in the solution of Design 2, the network device can determine Δ according to transmission information based on multiple data. For example, the network device can determine Δ according to one or more of the following information: the transmission time of each data, the transmission time of multiple data Overlap time, start time, interval between start times, end time, interval between end times, timing deviation of TRP at sending and receiving points, configuration parameters of multiple data, configuration parameters of DMRD, or configuration parameters of PDCCH Wait. For details, reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
示例地,以网络设备根据PDCCH的配置参数确定Δ为例。As an example, take the network device determining Δ according to the configuration parameters of the PDCCH as an example.
例如,终端设备根据多个PDCCH所在的时域信息确定偏移值。如,终端设备对应多个搜索空间集合,这多个搜索空间集合所对应的控制资源组(CORESET)的分组标识(COPRESETPoolIndex)不同。For example, the terminal device determines the offset value according to the time domain information where multiple PDCCHs are located. For example, the terminal device corresponds to multiple search space sets, and the group identifiers (COPRESETPoolIndex) of the control resource groups (CORESET) corresponding to the multiple search space sets are different.
一种可能的方式,可以根据多个搜索空间集和/或CORESET的符号长度确定Δ。例如,假设多个搜索空间集在同一时隙内所对应的CORESET的时域位置完全相同或者有部分重叠,或者,多个搜索空间集在同一时隙内所对应的CORESET的时域位置相邻,那么在该情况下,可以根据多个搜索空间集和/或CORESET的符号长度确定Δ。One possible way is to determine Δ according to multiple search space sets and/or the symbol length of CORESET. For example, suppose that the time domain positions of the CORESET corresponding to multiple search space sets in the same time slot are completely the same or partially overlapped, or the time domain positions of the corresponding CORESETs of multiple search space sets in the same time slot are adjacent , Then in this case, Δ can be determined based on multiple search space sets and/or the symbol length of CORESET.
假设多个搜索空间集合包括Searchspace set 1和Searchspace set 2,如Searchspace set 1对应CORESET 1,Searchspace set 2对应CORESET 2。在同一时隙,如记为slot n,Searchspace set 1、Searchspace set 2分别对应的在slotn的起始符号为X1、X2,X1、X2为大于0或等于0的整数。CORESET 1、CORESET 2的长度为L1、L2,L1、L2为正整数,如1、2、3等。那么,如果X1=X2且L1=L2,则表示多个搜索空间集在同一时隙内所对应的CORESET的时域位置完全相同。如果从X1到X1+L1-1与从X2到X2+L2-1部分相同,则表示多个搜索空间集在同一时隙内所对应的CORESET的时域位置为部分重叠。如果X1+L1与X2相同,或者,X2+L2与X1相同,则表示多个搜索空间集在同一时隙内所对应的CORESET的时域位置为相邻。Assume that multiple search space sets include Searchspace set 1 and Searchspace set 2. For example, Searchspace set 1 corresponds to CORESET 1, and Searchspace set 2 corresponds to CORESET 2. In the same time slot, if it is marked as slot n, Searchspace set 1 and Searchspace set 2 respectively correspond to the start symbols of slot n as X1 and X2, and X1 and X2 are integers greater than or equal to 0. The length of CORESET 1, CORESET 2 is L1, L2, L1, L2 are positive integers, such as 1, 2, 3, etc. Then, if X1=X2 and L1=L2, it means that the time domain positions of the CORESET corresponding to multiple search space sets in the same time slot are exactly the same. If the parts from X1 to X1+L1-1 and from X2 to X2+L2-1 are the same, it means that the time domain positions of the corresponding CORESETs in the same time slot for multiple search space sets are partially overlapped. If X1+L1 is the same as X2, or X2+L2 is the same as X1, it means that the time domain positions of the corresponding CORESETs in the same time slot of multiple search space sets are adjacent.
在本申请实施例中,可以根据多个搜索空间集和/或CORESET的符号长度确定Δ。一种可能的实现方式,可以将时域结束符号的较晚的PDCCH中,晚于结束较早的PDCCH的这部分时间作为Δ。例如,PDCCH1在符号X1到X1+L1-1,PDCCH2在X2到X2+L2-1,且X2+L2-1>X1+L1-1,则将从X1+L1到X2+L2-1之间的符号作为Δ。In the embodiment of the present application, Δ can be determined according to multiple search space sets and/or the symbol length of CORESET. In a possible implementation manner, in the later PDCCH with the end symbol of the time domain, the part of the time later than the earlier PDCCH end as Δ. For example, if PDCCH1 is between X1 and X1+L1-1, PDCCH2 is between X2 and X2+L2-1, and X2+L2-1>X1+L1-1, it will be between X1+L1 and X2+L2-1 The symbol is Δ.
应理解,上述仅为示例性说明。It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description.
应理解,该Δ也可以与多个数据的传输相关联,例如,Δ与处理方式关联,和/或,Δ与反馈方式关联。具体的可以参考上述实施例,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the Δ may also be associated with the transmission of multiple data, for example, Δ is associated with a processing method, and/or Δ is associated with a feedback method. For details, reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
例如,网络设备(如基站)调度了2个PDSCH给终端设备,2个PDSCH的结束符号时间相差3符号,那么,网络设备可以根据公式4在为终端设备计算下行数据处理时间T proc,1的时候,除了N1之外还要加上3符号。 For example, a network device (such as a base station) schedules 2 PDSCHs to the terminal device, and the end symbol time of the 2 PDSCHs differs by 3 symbols, then the network device can calculate the downlink data processing time T proc,1 for the terminal device according to formula 4. At that time, 3 symbols are added in addition to N1.
应理解,在上述一些实施例中,以数据为PDSCH为例进行描述,但这并不对本申请造成限定,例如,数据也可以为其它类型的数据。It should be understood that, in some of the foregoing embodiments, the data is described as PDSCH as an example, but this does not limit the application. For example, the data may also be other types of data.
基于上述技术方案,考虑到例如多站传输的场景,终端设备上报能力信息时,可以考虑多个数据的传输信息,基于该多个数据的传输信息生成能力信息,并向网络设备上报该能力信息,使得网络设备可以基于终端设备在多站传输下的能力进行反馈资源的配置,进而不仅可以合理地配置反馈资源,而且可以保证系统性能。Based on the above technical solution, considering for example multi-station transmission scenarios, when a terminal device reports capability information, it can consider the transmission information of multiple data, generate capability information based on the transmission information of the multiple data, and report the capability information to the network device , So that the network device can configure the feedback resource based on the ability of the terminal device under multi-station transmission, so that not only the feedback resource can be reasonably configured, but also the system performance can be guaranteed.
以上,结合图3至图6详细说明了本申请实施例提供的方法。以下,结合图7至图10详细说明本申请实施例提供的通信装置。应理解,装置实施例的描述与方法实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的内容可以参见上文方法实施例,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Above, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application has been described in detail with reference to FIGS. 3 to 6. Hereinafter, the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 7 to 10. It should be understood that the description of the device embodiment and the description of the method embodiment correspond to each other. Therefore, for the content that is not described in detail, please refer to the above method embodiment. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个网元,例如发射端设备或者接收端设备,为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. It can be understood that each network element, such as a transmitting end device or a receiving end device, includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function in order to realize the above functions. Those skilled in the art should be aware that, in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对发射端设备或者接收端设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。下面以采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块为例进行说明。The embodiments of the present application can divide the transmitter device or the receiver device into functional modules according to the above method examples. For example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. in. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation. The following is an example of dividing each function module corresponding to each function.
图7是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。如图所示,该通信装置700可以包括通信单元710和处理单元720。通信单元710可以与外部进行通信,处理单元720用于进行数据处理。通信单元710还可以称为通信接口或收发单元。Fig. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in the figure, the communication device 700 may include a communication unit 710 and a processing unit 720. The communication unit 710 can communicate with the outside, and the processing unit 720 is used for data processing. The communication unit 710 may also be referred to as a communication interface or a transceiving unit.
在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置700可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的终端设备执行的步骤或者流程,例如,可以为终端设备,或者配置于终端设备中的芯片或电路。这时,该通信装置700可以称为终端设备。通信单元710用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备侧 的收发相关操作,处理单元720用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备的处理相关操作。In a possible design, the communication device 700 can implement the steps or processes performed by the terminal device corresponding to the above method embodiment, for example, it can be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit configured in the terminal device. At this time, the communication device 700 may be called a terminal device. The communication unit 710 is used to perform the transceiving-related operations on the terminal device side in the above method embodiment, and the processing unit 720 is used to perform the processing related operations on the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
一种可能的实现方式,处理单元720用于:基于多个PDSCH的传输信息,生成能力信息;通信单元710用于:发送能力信息,该能力信息用于通信装置700的资源的配置,该资源用于通信装置700对该多个PDSCH的反馈。In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit 720 is configured to: generate capability information based on the transmission information of multiple PDSCHs; the communication unit 710 is configured to: transmit capability information, which is used for resource configuration of the communication device 700. It is used for feedback of the multiple PDSCHs by the communication device 700.
可选地,通信单元710还用于:接收来自网络设备的多个PDSCH的传输信息。Optionally, the communication unit 710 is further configured to: receive multiple PDSCH transmission information from the network device.
可选地,多个PDSCH的传输信息,包括以下一项或多项信息:每个PDSCH的传输时间、多个PDSCH的重叠时间、起始时刻、起始时刻之间的间隔、结束时刻、结束时刻之间的间隔、发送接收点TRP的定时偏差、物理下行控制信道PDCCH的配置参数;其中,起始时刻表示:PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的起始位置,结束时刻表示:PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的结束位置,所述PDCCH为所述多个PDSCH对应的PDCCH。Optionally, the transmission information of multiple PDSCHs includes one or more of the following information: transmission time of each PDSCH, overlap time of multiple PDSCHs, start time, interval between start times, end time, end The interval between times, the timing deviation of the TRP of the sending and receiving points, and the configuration parameters of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH; among them, the start time represents: the starting position of the PDSCH transmission resource in the time domain, and the end time represents: PDSCH transmission The end position of the resource in the time domain, and the PDCCH is the PDCCH corresponding to the multiple PDSCHs.
可选地,起始时刻表示:每个PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的起始位置。Optionally, the starting time indicates: the starting position of the transmission resource of each PDSCH in the time domain.
可选地,结束时刻表示:每个PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的结束位置。Optionally, the end time indicates: the end position of the transmission resource of each PDSCH in the time domain.
可选地,处理单元720还用于:对每个PDSCH分别反馈,或,对多个PDSCH联合反馈。Optionally, the processing unit 720 is further configured to: feed back each PDSCH separately, or jointly feed back multiple PDSCHs.
该通信装置700可实现对应于根据本申请实施例的方法300中的终端设备执行的步骤或者流程,该通信装置700可以包括用于执行图3中的方法300中的终端设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置700中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图3中的方法300的相应流程。The communication device 700 may implement the steps or processes executed by the terminal device in the method 300 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 700 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the terminal device in the method 300 in FIG. 3 . In addition, the units in the communication device 700 and the other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the method 300 in FIG. 3.
其中,当该通信装置700用于执行图3中的方法300时,通信单元710可用于执行方法300中的步骤320,处理单元720可用于执行方法300中的步骤310。Wherein, when the communication device 700 is used to execute the method 300 in FIG. 3, the communication unit 710 may be used to execute step 320 in the method 300, and the processing unit 720 may be used to execute step 310 in the method 300.
应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to execute the foregoing corresponding steps has been described in detail in the foregoing method embodiment, and is not repeated here for brevity.
还应理解,该通信装置700中的通信单元710可通过图9中示出的终端设备900中的收发器920实现,该通信装置700中的处理单元720可通过图9中示出的终端设备900中的处理器910实现。其中,收发器可以包括发射器和/或接收器,分别实现发送单元和接收单元的功能。It should also be understood that the communication unit 710 in the communication device 700 may be implemented by the transceiver 920 in the terminal device 900 shown in FIG. 9, and the processing unit 720 in the communication device 700 may be implemented by the terminal device shown in FIG. The processor 910 in 900 is implemented. Among them, the transceiver may include a transmitter and/or a receiver, which respectively implement the functions of the sending unit and the receiving unit.
还应理解,该通信装置700中的通信单元710也可以为输入/输出接口。It should also be understood that the communication unit 710 in the communication device 700 may also be an input/output interface.
在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置700可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的网络设备执行的步骤或者流程,例如,可以为网络设备,或者配置于网络设备中的芯片或电路。这时,该通信装置700可以称为网络设备。通信单元710用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备侧的收发相关操作,处理单元720用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备的处理相关操作。In another possible design, the communication device 700 can implement the steps or processes performed by the network device corresponding to the above method embodiment, for example, it can be a network device, or a chip or circuit configured in the network device. At this time, the communication device 700 may be referred to as a network device. The communication unit 710 is configured to perform the transceiving-related operations on the network device side in the above method embodiment, and the processing unit 720 is configured to perform the processing related operations on the network device in the above method embodiment.
一种可能的实现方式,通信单元710用于:接收来自终端设备的能力信息,能力信息是终端设备基于多个PDSCH的传输信息生成的;处理单元720用于:基于能力信息,为终端设备配置资源,资源用于终端设备对多个PDSCH的反馈。In a possible implementation manner, the communication unit 710 is used to: receive capability information from the terminal device, the capability information is generated by the terminal device based on transmission information of multiple PDSCHs; the processing unit 720 is used to: configure the terminal device based on the capability information Resources. Resources are used for feedback of multiple PDSCHs by terminal equipment.
可选地,通信单元710还用于:发送多个PDSCH的传输信息。Optionally, the communication unit 710 is further configured to: send multiple PDSCH transmission information.
可选地,多个PDSCH的传输信息,包括以下一项或多项信息:每个PDSCH的传输时间、多个PDSCH的重叠时间、起始时刻、起始时刻之间的间隔、结束时刻、结束时刻之间的间隔、发送接收点TRP的定时偏差、物理下行控制信道PDCCH的配置参数;其中, 起始时刻表示:PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的起始位置,结束时刻表示:PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的结束位置,所述PDCCH为所述多个PDSCH对应的PDCCH。Optionally, the transmission information of multiple PDSCHs includes one or more of the following information: transmission time of each PDSCH, overlap time of multiple PDSCHs, start time, interval between start times, end time, end The interval between times, the timing deviation of the TRP sending and receiving points, and the configuration parameters of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH; among them, the start time indicates: the starting position of the PDSCH transmission resource in the time domain, and the end time indicates: PDSCH transmission The end position of the resource in the time domain, and the PDCCH is the PDCCH corresponding to the multiple PDSCHs.
可选地,起始时刻表示:每个PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的起始位置。Optionally, the starting time indicates: the starting position of the transmission resource of each PDSCH in the time domain.
可选地,结束时刻表示:每个PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的结束位置。Optionally, the end time indicates: the end position of the transmission resource of each PDSCH in the time domain.
可选地,终端设备对多个PDSCH反馈的反馈方式包括:终端设备对每个PDSCH的分别反馈,或,终端设备对多个PDSCH的联合反馈。Optionally, the feedback manner of the terminal device for feedback of multiple PDSCHs includes: separate feedback of the terminal device for each PDSCH, or joint feedback of the terminal device for multiple PDSCHs.
该通信装置700可实现对应于根据本申请实施例的方法300中的网络设备执行的步骤或者流程,该通信装置700可以包括用于执行图3中的方法300中的网络设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置700中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图3中的方法300的相应流程。The communication device 700 may implement the steps or processes executed by the network device in the method 300 according to the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 700 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the network device in the method 300 in FIG. 3 . In addition, the units in the communication device 700 and the other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the method 300 in FIG. 3.
其中,当该通信装置700用于执行图3中的方法300时,通信单元710可用于执行方法300中的步骤320,处理单元720可用于执行方法300中的步骤330。Wherein, when the communication device 700 is used to execute the method 300 in FIG. 3, the communication unit 710 can be used to execute step 320 in the method 300, and the processing unit 720 can be used to execute step 330 in the method 300.
应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to execute the foregoing corresponding steps has been described in detail in the foregoing method embodiment, and is not repeated here for brevity.
还应理解,该通信装置700中的通信单元为可通过图10中示出的网络设备1000中的收发器1020实现,该通信装置700中的处理单元720可通过图10中示出的网络设备1000中的处理器1010实现。It should also be understood that the communication unit in the communication device 700 can be implemented by the transceiver 1020 in the network device 1000 shown in FIG. 10, and the processing unit 720 in the communication device 700 can be implemented by the network device shown in FIG. The processor 1010 in 1000 is implemented.
还应理解,该通信装置700中的通信单元710也可以为输入/输出接口。其中,收发器可以包括发射器和/或接收器,分别实现发送单元和接收单元的功能。It should also be understood that the communication unit 710 in the communication device 700 may also be an input/output interface. Among them, the transceiver may include a transmitter and/or a receiver, which respectively implement the functions of the sending unit and the receiving unit.
图8是本申请实施例提供的通信装置800的又一示意性框图。如图所示,通信装置800包括处理器810、存储器820和收发器830,存储器820中存储有程序,处理器810用于执行存储器820中存储的程序,对存储器820中存储的程序的执行,使得处理器810用于执行上文方法实施例中的相关处理步骤,对存储器820中存储的程序的执行,使得处理器810控制收发器830执行上文方法实施例中的收发相关步骤。FIG. 8 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device 800 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in the figure, the communication device 800 includes a processor 810, a memory 820, and a transceiver 830. The memory 820 stores a program. The processor 810 is used to execute the program stored in the memory 820, and execute the program stored in the memory 820. The processor 810 is configured to execute related processing steps in the above method embodiment, and executes the program stored in the memory 820, so that the processor 810 controls the transceiver 830 to execute the transceiving related steps in the above method embodiment.
作为一种实现,该通信装置800用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备所执行的动作,这时,对存储器820中存储的程序的执行,使得处理器810用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备侧的处理步骤,对存储器820中存储的程序的执行,使得处理器810控制收发器830执行上文方法实施例中终端设备侧的接收和发送步骤。As an implementation, the communication device 800 is used to execute the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment. At this time, the execution of the program stored in the memory 820 enables the processor 810 to execute the above method embodiment. The processing steps on the terminal device side in the middle, execute the program stored in the memory 820, so that the processor 810 controls the transceiver 830 to execute the receiving and sending steps on the terminal device side in the above method embodiment.
作为另一种实现,该通信装置800用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备所执行的动作,这时,对存储器820中存储的程序的执行,使得处理器810用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备侧的处理步骤,对存储器820中存储的程序的执行,使得处理器810控制收发器830执行上文方法实施例中网络设备侧的接收和发送步骤。As another implementation, the communication device 800 is used to perform the actions performed by the network device in the above method embodiment. At this time, the execution of the program stored in the memory 820 enables the processor 810 to perform the above method implementation. In the example, the processing steps on the network device side execute the programs stored in the memory 820, so that the processor 810 controls the transceiver 830 to perform the receiving and sending steps on the network device side in the above method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置900,该通信装置900可以是终端设备也可以是芯片。该通信装置900可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的动作。The embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 900, which may be a terminal device or a chip. The communication device 900 may be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
当该通信装置900为终端设备时,图9示出了一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便,图9中,终端设备以手机作为例子。如图9所示,终端设备包括处理器、存储器、射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频 信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是,有些种类的终端设备可以不具有输入输出装置。When the communication device 900 is a terminal device, FIG. 9 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the structure of the terminal device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate. In FIG. 9, the terminal device uses a mobile phone as an example. As shown in Figure 9, the terminal equipment includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signal and radio frequency signal and the processing of radio frequency signal. The antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal devices may not have input and output devices.
当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明,图9中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器,在实际的终端设备产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请实施例对此不做限制。When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For ease of description, only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 9. In an actual terminal device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device. The memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端设备的收发单元,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备的处理单元。In the embodiments of the present application, the antenna and radio frequency circuit with the transceiver function can be regarded as the transceiver unit of the terminal device, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the terminal device.
如图9所示,终端设备包括收发单元910和处理单元920。收发单元910也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元920也可以称为处理器,处理单板,处理模块、处理装置等。可选地,可以将收发单元910中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元910中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元910包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。As shown in FIG. 9, the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 910 and a processing unit 920. The transceiver unit 910 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and so on. The processing unit 920 may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and so on. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 910 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 910 can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 910 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. The transceiver unit may sometimes be called a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit. The receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit. The transmitting unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
例如,在一种实现方式中,处理单元920,用于执行图3中的步骤310,和/或,处理单元920还用于执行本申请实施例中终端设备侧的其他处理步骤。收发单元910还用于执行图3中所示的步骤320,和/或收发单元910还用于执行终端设备侧的其他收发步骤。For example, in an implementation manner, the processing unit 920 is configured to perform step 310 in FIG. 3, and/or the processing unit 920 is further configured to perform other processing steps on the terminal device side in the embodiment of the present application. The transceiving unit 910 is further used to perform step 320 shown in FIG. 3, and/or the transceiving unit 910 is further used to perform other transceiving steps on the terminal device side.
应理解,图9仅为示例而非限定,上述包括收发单元和处理单元的终端设备可以不依赖于图9所示的结构。It should be understood that FIG. 9 is only an example and not a limitation, and the foregoing terminal device including a transceiver unit and a processing unit may not rely on the structure shown in FIG. 9.
当该通信设备900为芯片时,该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路或通信接口;处理单元可以为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the communication device 900 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. Wherein, the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit may be a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置1000,该通信装置1000可以是网络设备也可以是芯片。该通信装置1000可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由网络设备所执行的动作。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1000, which may be a network device or a chip. The communication device 1000 can be used to perform actions performed by a network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
当该通信装置1000为网络设备时,例如为基站。图10示出了一种简化的基站结构示意图。基站包括1010部分以及1020部分。1010部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换;1020部分主要用于基带处理,对基站进行控制等。1010部分通常可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等。1020部分通常是基站的控制中心,通常可以称为处理单元,用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中网络设备侧的处理操作。When the communication device 1000 is a network device, for example, it is a base station. Figure 10 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the base station structure. The base station includes part 1010 and part 1020. The 1010 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion between radio frequency signals and baseband signals; the 1020 part is mainly used for baseband processing and control of base stations. The 1010 part can generally be referred to as a transceiver unit, transceiver, transceiver circuit, or transceiver. The 1020 part is usually the control center of the base station, and may generally be referred to as a processing unit, which is used to control the base station to perform the processing operations on the network device side in the foregoing method embodiments.
1010部分的收发单元,也可以称为收发机或收发器等,其包括天线和射频单元,其中射频单元主要用于进行射频处理。可选地,可以将1010部分中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即1010部分包括接收单元 和发送单元。接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。The transceiver unit of part 1010 may also be called a transceiver or a transceiver, etc., which includes an antenna and a radio frequency unit, and the radio frequency unit is mainly used for radio frequency processing. Optionally, the device used for implementing the receiving function in part 1010 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device used for implementing the sending function as the sending unit, that is, the part 1010 includes the receiving unit and the sending unit. The receiving unit may also be called a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit, and the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
1020部分可以包括一个或多个单板,每个单板可以包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。处理器用于读取和执行存储器中的程序以实现基带处理功能以及对基站的控制。若存在多个单板,各个单板之间可以互联以增强处理能力。作为一种可选的实施方式,也可以是多个单板共用一个或多个处理器,或者是多个单板共用一个或多个存储器,或者是多个单板同时共用一个或多个处理器。 Part 1020 may include one or more single boards, and each single board may include one or more processors and one or more memories. The processor is used to read and execute programs in the memory to implement baseband processing functions and control the base station. If there are multiple boards, the boards can be interconnected to enhance processing capabilities. As an optional implementation, multiple single boards may share one or more processors, or multiple single boards may share one or more memories, or multiple single boards may share one or more processing at the same time. Device.
例如,在一种实现方式中,1010部分的收发单元用于执行图3中所示的步骤320中网络设备侧的接收操作,和/或1010部分的收发单元还用于执行本申请实施例中网络设备侧的其他收发步骤。1020部分的处理单元用于执行图3中步骤330的处理操作,和/或1020部分的处理单元还用于执行本申请实施例中网络设备侧的处理步骤。For example, in an implementation manner, the transceiver unit of part 1010 is used to perform the receiving operation on the network device side in step 320 shown in FIG. 3, and/or the transceiver unit of part 1010 is also used to perform the receiving operation in the embodiment of the present application. Other receiving and sending steps on the network device side. The processing unit in part 1020 is used to perform the processing operation of step 330 in FIG. 3, and/or the processing unit in part 1020 is also used to perform the processing steps on the network device side in the embodiment of the present application.
应理解,图10仅为示例而非限定,上述包括收发单元和处理单元的网络设备可以不依赖于图10所示的结构。It should be understood that FIG. 10 is only an example and not a limitation, and the foregoing network device including a transceiver unit and a processing unit may not rely on the structure shown in FIG. 10.
当该通信装置1000为芯片时,该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口;处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the communication device 1000 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. Among them, the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit is a processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
另外,网络设备不限于上述形态,也可以是其它形态:例如:包括BBU和自适应无线单元(adaptive radio unit,ARU),或BBU和有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU);也可以为客户终端设备(customer premises equipment,CPE),还可以为其它形态,本申请不限定。In addition, the network equipment is not limited to the above forms, and may also be in other forms: for example: including BBU and adaptive radio unit (ARU), or BBU and active antenna unit (AAU); or Customer premises equipment (CPE) may also be in other forms, which is not limited by this application.
上述BBU可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的由网络设备内部实现的动作,而RRU可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的网络设备向终端设备发送或从终端设备接收的动作。具体请见前面方法实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。The above-mentioned BBU can be used to perform the actions described in the previous method embodiments implemented by the network device, and the RRU can be used to perform the actions described in the previous method embodiments that the network device sends to or receives from the terminal device. For details, please refer to the description in the previous method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和接口。所述处理器可用于执行上述方法实施例中的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface. The processor may be used to execute the method in the foregoing method embodiment.
应理解,上述处理装置可以是一个芯片。例如,该处理装置可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),还可以是系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),还可以是中央处理器(central processor unit,CPU),还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP),还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)或其他集成芯片。It should be understood that the foregoing processing device may be a chip. For example, the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system on chip (SoC), or It is a central processor unit (CPU), it can also be a network processor (NP), it can also be a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), or it can be a microcontroller (microcontroller unit). , MCU), it can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chips.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, the steps of the above method can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
应注意,本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软 件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be noted that the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, the steps of the foregoing method embodiments can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components . The methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,It can be understood that the memory in the embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electronic Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM,
SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memories of the systems and methods described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图3至图6所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。According to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, the present application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes: computer program code. When the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the steps shown in FIGS. 3 to 6. The method of any one of the embodiments is shown.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机可读介质,该计算机可读介质存储有程序代码,当该程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图3至图6所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。According to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, the present application also provides a computer-readable medium that stores program code, and when the program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the steps shown in FIGS. 3 to 6 The method of any one of the embodiments is shown.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种系统,其包括前述的一个或多个终端设备以及一个或多个网络设备。According to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, the present application also provides a system, which includes the aforementioned one or more terminal devices and one or more network devices.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等 数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disc,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disc, SSD)) etc.
上述各个装置实施例中网络设备与终端设备和方法实施例中的网络设备或终端设备对应,由相应的模块或单元执行相应的步骤,例如通信单元(收发器)执行方法实施例中接收或发送的步骤,除发送、接收外的其它步骤可以由处理单元(处理器)执行。具体单元的功能可以参考相应的方法实施例。其中,处理器可以为一个或多个。The network equipment in the above device embodiments corresponds to the network equipment or terminal equipment in the terminal equipment and method embodiments, and the corresponding modules or units execute the corresponding steps. For example, the communication unit (transceiver) performs the receiving or sending in the method embodiments. In addition to sending and receiving, other steps can be executed by the processing unit (processor). For the functions of specific units, refer to the corresponding method embodiments. There may be one or more processors.
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如,部件可以是但不限于,在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示,在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中,部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在两个或更多个计算机之间。此外,这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据,例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。The terms "component", "module", "system", etc. used in this specification are used to denote computer-related entities, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution. For example, the component may be, but is not limited to, a process, a processor, an object, an executable file, an execution thread, a program, and/or a computer running on a processor. Through the illustration, both the application running on the computing device and the computing device can be components. One or more components may reside in processes and/or threads of execution, and components may be located on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers. In addition, these components can be executed from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon. The component may be based on, for example, a signal having one or more data packets (such as data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may be aware that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device, and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而 前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    终端设备基于多个物理下行共享信道PDSCH的传输信息,生成能力信息;The terminal equipment generates capability information based on the transmission information of multiple physical downlink shared channels PDSCH;
    所述终端设备向网络设备发送所述能力信息,所述能力信息用于所述终端设备的资源的配置,所述资源用于所述终端设备对所述多个PDSCH的反馈。The terminal device sends the capability information to the network device, the capability information is used for the configuration of the resources of the terminal device, and the resources are used for the feedback of the terminal device to the multiple PDSCHs.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述能力信息之前,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein before the terminal device sends the capability information to the network device, the method comprises:
    所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的所述多个PDSCH的传输信息。The terminal device receives the multiple PDSCH transmission information from the network device.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述多个PDSCH的传输信息,包括以下一项或多项信息:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the transmission information of the multiple PDSCHs includes one or more of the following information:
    每个PDSCH的传输时间、所述多个PDSCH的重叠时间、起始时刻、起始时刻之间的间隔、结束时刻、结束时刻之间的间隔、发送接收点TRP的定时偏差、物理下行控制信道PDCCH的配置参数;The transmission time of each PDSCH, the overlap time of the multiple PDSCHs, the start time, the interval between the start times, the end time, the interval between the end times, the timing deviation of the TRP transmission and reception points, and the physical downlink control channel PDCCH configuration parameters;
    其中,所述起始时刻表示:PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的起始位置,所述结束时刻表示:PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的结束位置,所述PDCCH为所述多个PDSCH对应的PDCCH。Wherein, the start time indicates: the start position of PDSCH transmission resources in the time domain, the end time indicates: the end position of PDSCH transmission resources in the time domain, and the PDCCH corresponds to the multiple PDSCHs PDCCH.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 3, wherein:
    所述起始时刻表示:每个PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的起始位置;和/或,The start time indicates: the start position of each PDSCH transmission resource in the time domain; and/or,
    所述结束时刻表示:每个PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的结束位置。The end time indicates: the end position of the transmission resource of each PDSCH in the time domain.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that:
    所述终端设备对所述多个PDSCH反馈的反馈方式,包括:The feedback manner of the terminal device for the multiple PDSCH feedback includes:
    对每个PDSCH分别反馈,或,对所述多个PDSCH联合反馈。Feed back each PDSCH separately, or feed back the multiple PDSCHs jointly.
  6. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    网络设备接收来自终端设备的能力信息,所述能力信息是所述终端设备基于多个物理下行共享信道PDSCH的传输信息生成的;The network device receives capability information from a terminal device, where the capability information is generated by the terminal device based on transmission information of multiple physical downlink shared channels PDSCH;
    基于所述能力信息,所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置资源,所述资源用于所述终端设备对所述多个PDSCH的反馈。Based on the capability information, the network device configures resources for the terminal device, and the resources are used for feedback of the terminal device to the multiple PDSCHs.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的能力信息之前,包括:The method according to claim 6, wherein before the network device receives the capability information from the terminal device, the method comprises:
    所述网络设备发送所述多个PDSCH的传输信息。The network device sends transmission information of the multiple PDSCHs.
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述多个PDSCH的传输信息,包括以下一项或多项信息:The method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the transmission information of the multiple PDSCHs includes one or more of the following information:
    每个PDSCH的传输时间、所述多个PDSCH的重叠时间、起始时刻、起始时刻之间的间隔、结束时刻、结束时刻之间的间隔、发送接收点TRP的定时偏差、物理下行控制信道PDCCH的配置参数;The transmission time of each PDSCH, the overlap time of the multiple PDSCHs, the start time, the interval between the start times, the end time, the interval between the end times, the timing deviation of the TRP transmission and reception points, and the physical downlink control channel PDCCH configuration parameters;
    其中,所述起始时刻表示:PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的起始位置,所述结束时刻表示:PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的结束位置,所述PDCCH为所述多个PDSCH对应的 PDCCH。Wherein, the start time indicates: the start position of PDSCH transmission resources in the time domain, the end time indicates: the end position of PDSCH transmission resources in the time domain, and the PDCCH corresponds to the multiple PDSCHs PDCCH.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 8, wherein:
    所述起始时刻表示:每个PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的起始位置;和/或,The start time indicates: the start position of each PDSCH transmission resource in the time domain; and/or,
    所述结束时刻表示:每个PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的结束位置。The end time indicates: the end position of the transmission resource of each PDSCH in the time domain.
  10. 根据权利要求6至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 6 to 9, characterized in that,
    所述终端设备对所述多个PDSCH反馈的反馈方式包括:The feedback manner of the terminal equipment to the multiple PDSCH feedback includes:
    所述终端设备对每个PDSCH的分别反馈,或,所述终端设备对所述多个PDSCH的联合反馈。The terminal device's separate feedback for each PDSCH, or the joint feedback of the terminal device with the multiple PDSCHs.
  11. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理单元和通信单元,A communication device, characterized by comprising: a processing unit and a communication unit,
    所述处理单元用于:基于多个物理下行共享信道PDSCH的传输信息,生成能力信息;The processing unit is configured to: generate capability information based on transmission information of multiple physical downlink shared channels PDSCH;
    所述通信单元用于:向网络设备发送所述能力信息,所述能力信息用于所述通信装置的资源的配置,所述资源用于所述通信装置对所述多个PDSCH的反馈。The communication unit is configured to send the capability information to a network device, where the capability information is used for resource configuration of the communication device, and the resource is used for feedback of the multiple PDSCHs by the communication device.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的装置,其特征在于,所述通信单元还用于:The device according to claim 11, wherein the communication unit is further configured to:
    接收来自所述网络设备的所述多个PDSCH的传输信息。Receiving transmission information of the multiple PDSCHs from the network device.
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的装置,其特征在于,所述多个PDSCH的传输信息,包括以下一项或多项信息:The device according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the transmission information of the multiple PDSCHs includes one or more of the following information:
    每个PDSCH的传输时间、所述多个PDSCH的重叠时间、起始时刻、起始时刻之间的间隔、结束时刻、结束时刻之间的间隔、发送接收点TRP的定时偏差、物理下行控制信道PDCCH的配置参数;The transmission time of each PDSCH, the overlap time of the multiple PDSCHs, the start time, the interval between the start times, the end time, the interval between the end times, the timing deviation of the TRP transmission and reception points, and the physical downlink control channel PDCCH configuration parameters;
    其中,所述起始时刻表示:PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的起始位置,所述结束时刻表示:PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的结束位置,所述PDCCH为所述多个PDSCH对应的PDCCH。Wherein, the start time indicates: the start position of PDSCH transmission resources in the time domain, the end time indicates: the end position of PDSCH transmission resources in the time domain, and the PDCCH corresponds to the multiple PDSCHs PDCCH.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 13, wherein:
    所述起始时刻表示:每个PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的起始位置;和/或,The start time indicates: the start position of each PDSCH transmission resource in the time domain; and/or,
    所述结束时刻表示:每个PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的结束位置。The end time indicates: the end position of the transmission resource of each PDSCH in the time domain.
  15. 根据权利要求11至14中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
    对每个PDSCH分别反馈,或,对所述多个PDSCH联合反馈。Feed back each PDSCH separately, or feed back the multiple PDSCHs jointly.
  16. 根据权利要求11至15中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 11 to 15, wherein:
    所述通信单元为收发器,所述处理单元为处理器。The communication unit is a transceiver, and the processing unit is a processor.
  17. 根据权利要求11至16中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 11 to 16, wherein:
    所述通信装置为以下任一项:终端设备、芯片或芯片系统。The communication device is any one of the following: terminal equipment, chip or chip system.
  18. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理单元和通信单元,A communication device, characterized by comprising: a processing unit and a communication unit,
    所述通信单元用于:接收来自终端设备的能力信息,所述能力信息是所述终端设备基于多个物理下行共享信道PDSCH的传输信息生成的;The communication unit is configured to receive capability information from a terminal device, where the capability information is generated by the terminal device based on transmission information of multiple physical downlink shared channels PDSCH;
    所述处理单元用于:基于所述能力信息,为所述终端设备配置资源,所述资源用于所述终端设备对所述多个PDSCH的反馈。The processing unit is configured to configure resources for the terminal device based on the capability information, and the resources are used for feedback of the multiple PDSCHs by the terminal device.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的装置,其特征在于,所述通信单元还用于:发送所述多个PDSCH的传输信息。The apparatus according to claim 18, wherein the communication unit is further configured to send transmission information of the multiple PDSCHs.
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述的装置,其特征在于,所述多个PDSCH的传输信息, 包括以下一项或多项信息:The apparatus according to claim 18 or 19, wherein the transmission information of the multiple PDSCHs includes one or more of the following information:
    每个PDSCH的传输时间、所述多个PDSCH的重叠时间、起始时刻、起始时刻之间的间隔、结束时刻、结束时刻之间的间隔、发送接收点TRP的定时偏差、物理下行控制信道PDCCH的配置参数;The transmission time of each PDSCH, the overlap time of the multiple PDSCHs, the start time, the interval between the start times, the end time, the interval between the end times, the timing deviation of the TRP transmission and reception points, and the physical downlink control channel PDCCH configuration parameters;
    其中,所述起始时刻表示:PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的起始位置,所述结束时刻表示:PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的结束位置,所述PDCCH为所述多个PDSCH对应的PDCCH。Wherein, the start time indicates: the start position of PDSCH transmission resources in the time domain, the end time indicates: the end position of PDSCH transmission resources in the time domain, and the PDCCH corresponds to the multiple PDSCHs PDCCH.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claim 20, wherein:
    所述起始时刻表示:每个PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的起始位置;和/或,The start time indicates: the start position of each PDSCH transmission resource in the time domain; and/or,
    所述结束时刻表示:每个PDSCH的传输资源在时域上的结束位置。The end time indicates: the end position of the transmission resource of each PDSCH in the time domain.
  22. 根据权利要求18至21中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述终端设备对所述多个PDSCH反馈的反馈方式包括:The apparatus according to any one of claims 18 to 21, wherein the feedback manner of the terminal equipment to the multiple PDSCH feedback includes:
    所述终端设备对每个PDSCH的分别反馈,或,所述终端设备对所述多个PDSCH的联合反馈。The terminal device's separate feedback for each PDSCH, or the joint feedback of the terminal device with the multiple PDSCHs.
  23. 根据权利要求18至22中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 18 to 22, characterized in that:
    所述通信单元为收发器,所述处理单元为处理器。The communication unit is a transceiver, and the processing unit is a processor.
  24. 根据权利要求18至23中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 18 to 23, wherein:
    所述通信装置为以下任一项:网络设备、芯片或芯片系统。The communication device is any one of the following: network equipment, chip or chip system.
  25. 一种通信装置,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器用于执行如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, comprising at least one processor, and the at least one processor is configured to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
  26. 一种处理装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述装置实现如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法。A processing device, characterized by comprising at least one processor configured to execute a computer program stored in a memory, so that the device implements the method according to any one of claims 1 to 10 .
  27. 一种处理装置,其特征在于,包括:A processing device, characterized in that it comprises:
    通信接口,用于输入和/或输出信息;Communication interface, used to input and/or output information;
    处理器,用于执行计算机程序,以使得所述装置实现如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to execute a computer program, so that the device implements the method according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
  28. 一种处理装置,其特征在于,包括:A processing device, characterized in that it comprises:
    存储器,用于存储计算机程序;Memory, used to store computer programs;
    处理器,用于从所述存储器调用并运行所述计算机程序,以使得所述装置实现如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the device implements the method according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
  29. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by comprising a computer program, which when the computer program runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
  30. 一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, the computer program product includes a computer program, when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
PCT/CN2020/086543 2019-04-25 2020-04-24 Communication method and communication apparatus WO2020216314A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910338369.6 2019-04-25
CN201910338369.6A CN111865515B (en) 2019-04-25 2019-04-25 Communication method and communication device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020216314A1 true WO2020216314A1 (en) 2020-10-29

Family

ID=72941491

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/086543 WO2020216314A1 (en) 2019-04-25 2020-04-24 Communication method and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111865515B (en)
WO (1) WO2020216314A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023193219A1 (en) * 2022-04-08 2023-10-12 Qualcomm Incorporated Wireless communications feedback

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114826518A (en) * 2021-01-29 2022-07-29 北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司 Method and device for determining reference signal pattern
CN116671055A (en) * 2021-02-03 2023-08-29 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN116996191A (en) * 2022-04-24 2023-11-03 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104640131A (en) * 2013-11-06 2015-05-20 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Information processing method and UE
CN107371265A (en) * 2016-05-13 2017-11-21 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 A kind of base station and the method for transmitting and scheduling
CN107371269A (en) * 2016-05-13 2017-11-21 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Method, user equipment and the base station of transmitting and scheduling
US20170366998A1 (en) * 2014-12-24 2017-12-21 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for reporting channel status in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160157228A1 (en) * 2014-11-28 2016-06-02 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for signaling ue capability change and apparatus therefor
TWI626840B (en) * 2015-01-09 2018-06-11 宏達國際電子股份有限公司 Methods of handling wireless communications for communication system
CN112039643B (en) * 2016-09-26 2022-04-12 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for transmitting feedback information
CN108809524B (en) * 2017-04-28 2021-04-09 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for transmitting feedback information
CN109392152B (en) * 2017-08-11 2023-06-09 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and communication device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104640131A (en) * 2013-11-06 2015-05-20 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Information processing method and UE
US20170366998A1 (en) * 2014-12-24 2017-12-21 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for reporting channel status in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
CN107371265A (en) * 2016-05-13 2017-11-21 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 A kind of base station and the method for transmitting and scheduling
CN107371269A (en) * 2016-05-13 2017-11-21 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Method, user equipment and the base station of transmitting and scheduling

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
INTEL CORPORATION: "UCI contents and UL control channel formats", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1609536, 14 October 2016 (2016-10-14), Lisbon, Portugal, pages 1 - 6, XP051159606 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023193219A1 (en) * 2022-04-08 2023-10-12 Qualcomm Incorporated Wireless communications feedback

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111865515A (en) 2020-10-30
CN111865515B (en) 2022-04-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6940914B2 (en) Uplink Control Signaling for FDD-TDD Joint Carrier Aggregation
US11528099B2 (en) Communication method and apparatus
AU2021204172B2 (en) Allocation of communication resources for control signals in the uplink
US9913254B2 (en) Method and apparatus for indicating subframes associated with a hybrid automatic repeat request feedback
WO2020216314A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CN113597807A (en) Method and apparatus for priority-based control and data information transmission in a wireless communication system
WO2020164321A1 (en) Multiple downlink control information-based transmission method, device, system, and storage medium
JP5777222B2 (en) Method and apparatus for determining resource index information
WO2020199856A1 (en) Information transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2018010103A1 (en) Method and terminal device for transmitting data
TWI797105B (en) Method and device for uplink transmission, terminal equipment, access network equipment, and system
WO2021017765A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2019028916A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2021031948A1 (en) Data processing method and communication apparatus
US20200107320A1 (en) Control information sending or receiving method and apparatus
WO2020143743A1 (en) Data receiving method and apparatus
CN111884771B (en) Information transmission device, method and system
WO2022151620A9 (en) Resource scheduling method and communication device
CN116418469A (en) Terminal in wireless communication system and communication method thereof
WO2021262071A1 (en) Enhanced hybrid arq (harq) for a wireless network
CN114666023A (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement information
JP2023523499A (en) Methods and systems, apparatus and storage media for configuring sidelink transmission resources
WO2023279303A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting uplink feedback information
WO2018082534A1 (en) Method and device for sending and receiving transmission timing information
CN116095863A (en) Apparatus in a wireless communication system and method performed thereby

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20794225

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20794225

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1